Roller chain catalogue
www.renold.com
Table of Contents
Section 1 - BS and ANSI products and dimensions
Precision roller chain / chain types ................................................................................................................................ 5
Chain branding .............................................................................................................................................................. 6
Renold Synergy brand .................................................................................................................................................... 7
European (BS) Standard
Renold Synergy chain ................................................................................................................................................ 8
A&S Transmission Chain .......................................................................................................................................... 10
Small and large pitch chain ...................................................................................................................................... 12
Standard attachment chain ...................................................................................................................................... 13
Renold Syno nickel plated chain .............................................................................................................................. 22
Renold Syno stainless steel chain ............................................................................................................................ 23
Renold Syno polymer bush chain ............................................................................................................................ 24
Renold Stainless steel chain .................................................................................................................................... 25
Renold Sovereign chain ............................................................................................................................................ 26
Renold Hydro-Service chain .................................................................................................................................... 27
Straight side plate chain............................................................................................................................................ 28
Nickel plated chain.................................................................................................................................................... 29
Cranked link chain .................................................................................................................................................... 30
Hollow pin chain ........................................................................................................................................................ 31
Double pitch chain and Bush chain ........................................................................................................................ 32
Sidebow chain .......................................................................................................................................................... 33
ANSI Standard
Renold Synergy chain .............................................................................................................................................. 34
A&S Transmission Chain .......................................................................................................................................... 36
Small and large pitch chain ...................................................................................................................................... 38
Multiplex chain .......................................................................................................................................................... 39
Standard attachment chain ...................................................................................................................................... 40
Renold Syno nickel plated chain .............................................................................................................................. 48
Renold Syno polymer bush chain ............................................................................................................................ 49
Renold Stainless steel chain .................................................................................................................................... 50
Renold Hydro-Service chain .................................................................................................................................... 51
Renold Ansi Xtra chain.............................................................................................................................................. 52
Nickel plated chain.................................................................................................................................................... 54
Hollow pin chain ........................................................................................................................................................ 55
Double pitch chain .................................................................................................................................................... 56
Specials and Accessories
Klik-Top chain ............................................................................................................................................................ 57
Polymer block chain .................................................................................................................................................. 59
Renold Roll-Ring chain tensioner ............................................................................................................................ 64
Sprockets .................................................................................................................................................................. 67
Transmission counterweight sets.............................................................................................................................. 76
Transmission rack sets.............................................................................................................................................. 77
Transmission chain guides........................................................................................................................................ 78
Rivet extractors and chain lubricant.......................................................................................................................... 79
Section 2 - Chain Installation and Maintenance
Chain Installation and Maintenance ............................................................................................................................ 80
Section 3 - Designer Guide
Designer Guide specification guidelines .................................................................................................................... 93
Section 4 - Industry applications
Examples of Renold Chain in action .......................................................................................................................... 120
Word Index .................................................................................................................................................................. 134
www.renold.com engineering excellence
3
SECTION 1
BS & ANSI PRODUCTS & DIMENSIONS
4
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Precision roller chain, parts and connecting links
The Renold precision steel roller chain is a highly efficient
and versatile means of transmitting mechanical power, which, in
the field of industrial applications, has almost completely
superseded all other types of chain previously used.
Press fit connecting links should only be used once; new links
must be used to replace dismantled links. (See 'Riveting Chain
Endless' for full instructions).
The illustration below shows component parts of the outer
link and of the inner link of a Renold simple roller chain.
No. 11
Connecting Link - Slip Fit
(BS/DIN/ANSI)
1
A connecting link supplied with two connecting pins riveted
into the outer plate. The outer plate is a clearance fit on the
connecting pins and is secured in position by a split pin through the
projecting end of each connecting pin.
Outer plate
Bearing pin
Inner plate
Bush
No. 26
Connecting Link - Slip Fit (BS/DIN/ANSI)
Used on short pitch chains only. Supplied with two connecting
pins riveted into the outer plate, the clearance fit connecting plate
being secured by means of a spring clip,
No. 27, which snaps into the grooves in the pins.
Roller
Inner plate
No. 58
Connecting Link - Press Fit
(BS/DIN/ANSI)
Outer plate
As illustrated, the Renold precision steel roller chain consists of
a series of journal bearings held in precise relationship to each other
by the constraining link plates. Each bearing consists of a bearing
pin and bush on which the chain roller revolves. The bearing pin and
bush are case hardened to allow articulation under high pressures,
and to contend with the load carrying pressures and gearing action
imparted via the chain rollers.
All chains are classified according to pitch (the distance
between the centres of adjacent bearing pins), roller diameter and
width between inner plates. Collectively, these dimensions are know
as the gearing dimensions, as they determine the form and width of
the sprocket teeth.
Standard links
The chain parts and connecting links illustrated are only
indicative of the types available. Please refer to the appropriate
product page for the parts relevant to individual chains.
No. 4
Inner Link (BS/DIN)
Roller Link (ANSI)
These are complete assemblies for use with all sizes and
types of chain. The unit consists of two inner plates pressed on to
the bushes which carry the rollers. (Inner links for use with bush
chains have no rollers).
No. 107
Outer Link - Press Fit (BS/DIN)
Riveting Pin Link - Press Fit (ANSI)
For use with all sizes and types of chain where optimum
security is desired. The link is supplied with bearing pins riveted into
one outer plate. The other outer plate is an interference fit on the
bearing pins, the ends of which should be riveted over after the
plate is fitted.
The standard connecting link for ANSI series detachable chains,
also used on riveted chains where high speeds or arduous
conditions are encountered. Supplied with two connecting pins
riveted into the outer plate, the other outer plate being a press fit
onto the pins and secured by split pins after assembly. Press fit
connecting links can only be used once; new links must always be
used to replace dismantled links.
Cranked links
Apart from the specialised chains where the cranked link is an
essential design feature, cranked links are used only where the
chain length must be an odd number of pitches. This practice is not
recommended; all drives should, wherever possible, be designed
with sufficient overall adjustment to ensure the use of an even
number of pitches throughout the chain. DO NOT USE CRANKED
LINKS ON IMPULSIVE, HIGHLY LOADED OR HIGH SPEED DRIVES.
No. 12
Cranked Link - Slip Fit (BS/DIN)
Offset Link - Slip Fit (ANSI)
A single link with cranked plates pressed
onto a bush and roller assemble at the narrow end. A clearance fit
connecting pin (No. 128) is fitted at the wide end and is secured by
a split pin.
No. 30
Cranked Link Double (BS/DIN)
Two Pitch Offset Link (ANSI)
Double cranked links are available for most sizes and types of
chain. The unit consists of an inner link (No. 4), with cranked links
retained permanently in position by a riveted bearing pin.
Screw operated extractors break chain by
forcing the Renold end softened bearing
pins out of the outer link plates.
For other brands of chain, the
rivet swell must first be
ground away.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
5
Chain brands from
Reputation, experience,
excellence
At Renold, we produce a wide range of chain products to meet
differing application conditions, working loads and life expectations.
To help distinguish between these products, we promote them
under different brand names.
1
brand chains
Our elite performance chain, with its unbeatable wear and fatigue
resistance is branded Renold Synergy (see opposite page).
Outside the size options of the Renold Synergy range (3/8" to 1.5",
BS and ANSI standard) we have the small and large pitch chain,
branded "Renold". Renold brand chain has earned a worldwide
reputation for its introduction of features such as wide waisted
plates, solid extruded bushes and rollers and improvements in wear
resistance through precision manufacturing. The Renold range also
covers all of our zinc and nickel plated chains, sidebow, extended
pitch, bush and hollow bearing pin chains.
In the majority of markets around the world, Renold offers its
customers a powerful combination of chain brands; Renold Synergy
and A&S Chain. Renold Synergy, as described opposite, is our
premium specification roller chain designed to provide high
performance and long working life.
A&S is a first class all-purpose chain. In its
supporting role to Renold Synergy, A&S Chain is
the ideal choice for anyone looking to specify a
solution that combines economy with genuine
reliability and performance. What other brands in
this category claim to provide, only A&S can
deliver!
For more information about Renold's range of chain products,
including our comprehensive range of conveyor chain, lifting chain
and adapted or special chains, visit the Renold website,
(www.renold.com), which also includes our Online Chain Products
Catalogue - your interactive guide to chain information.
Other products, such as Renold Stainless Steel, Renold Syno ‘No
more lube’ range, Renold Hydro-Service (corrosion resistance) and
Renold Sovereign (abrasion resistance) all have their own distinct
identities, having been specially developed for excellent performance
in specific applications.
6
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Synergy® - Ultimate Performance
Simply the best
Wear Performance
Quality, performance, value and
now even better
Most correctly specified chain eventually
has to be replaced due to elongation
caused by wear between the pin and
bush. Independent tests have shown that
Renold Synergy out-performed the best
of the recognised quality competitor
chain by almost six times.
Renold Synergy represents the biggest single innovation in power
transmission technology since the bush roller chain was invented.
Its wear resistance and performance capabilities are without equal.
At Renold our motivation is the
constant pursuit of excellence. Even
when we know that we are
developing a truly exceptional
design, we’re not content to leave it
at that. We haven’t stopped our
research and development of Renold
Synergy since the day the idea was
born. The expertise and experience
of Renold’s engineers and designers
has brought about significant
improvements to even this recognised world-beater!
Many thought there was no way to improve on such an innovative
design but the latest development of Renold Synergy now
represents a bold new evolution of a product that has already
rewritten the rulebook!
Chain is too small a word to describe Renold Synergy. It has made,
and continues to make, an unquestionable contribution to the
improved performance and
reliability of drive systems all over
the world.
Operational features and
benefits - User friendly
New
Renold
Synergy
1
Previous
Renold
Brand
Best of the
competition
Fatigue
Performance
Under conditions of continual heavy load or repeated shock
loading, chain may need to be replaced due to breakage or fatigue.
Tests have shown that Renold Synergy is significantly better than
other leading brands. This is especially true as the loose fit
connecting link plates were specially treated to achieve the same
fatigue performance as the chain.
Renold Synergy fatigue performance is not only measured as a
chain, but as a chain system.
Product features and benefits Plates
Precision blanked profile optimises stress distribution.
Strict control of steel specification (including trace elements) to
ensure very consistent heat treatment results.
Triple punch holing techniques maximises resistance to crack
propagation and ensures controlled positional location of pin
and bush for even wear.
Renold Synergy is virtually dry to the touch, therefore the
lubricant stays in the chain, not on your hands.
Special coating gives improved corrosion and light acid
resistance.
Renold Synergy’s special platinum-coloured connecting link
contrasts with the black surface of the other plates, making for
easy identification, ensuring rapid disconnection of the chain.
Connecting link plates are specially treated to ensure the same
fatigue performance as the overall chain.
Renold Synergy’s unique soft pin ends allow quick and easy
cutting to length without damaging the rest of the chain.
Because Renold Synergy lasts longer and is more resistant to
shock loading, it is the most reliable product of its kind; just fit it
and forget it.
PLATE
PROFILE
ACCURATE
HOLING
TECHNIQUES
PIN
BUSH
ROLLER
Product features and benefits Pin and Bush
Operational features and
benefits - Environmentally friendly
Precious initial lubricant is primarily in the chain not on the
outside where it’s not needed.
All packaging is 100% recyclable.
All chain is 100% recyclable.
Renold Synergy is made in factories that fully conform with
ISO 14001.
All material waste in production is recycled.
Optimised hardening to minimise wear but also prevent
brittleness.
Unique bush bore profile to ensure full contact between pin and
bush bore surfaces.
Three-stage pin surface treatment giving a unique combination
of lubrication retention and extended wear life.
Exclusive 6-stage cold extrusion process giving concentricity
and material grain flow, optimising shock load resistance.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
7
Synergy® - BS Transmission Chain
ISO 606
08 B
SYNERGY
1
A
A
D
Renold Synergy® European BS Simplex Transmission Chain
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
Technical Details (mm)
ISO
No
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
Inside
Width
Min
Connecting Links
Roller
Dia
Max
Plate
Plate
Height Width
Max
Inner
Max
Plate
Width
Outer
Max
Pin
Dia
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
Renold
Exceeds
ISO 606
Tensile
Weight
kg/m
No No No No No No
4 107 11 26 12 30
Strength
Min
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H1
J
110038 ⊗ 06B-1
0.375
9.525
5.72
6.35
8.26
1.3
1.04
3.28
12.5
3.3
111044
-
0.50
12.7
3.3
7.75
9.6
1.13
0.98
4.09
9.8
1.5
111046
-
0.50
12.7
4.88
7.75
9.6
1.13
0.98
4.09
11.4
1.5
110044
-
0.50
12.7
5.21
8.51
11.81
1.55
1.55
4.45
14.46
1.5
110046
08B-1
0.50
12.7
7.75
8.51
11.81
1.55
1.55
4.45
17.0
3.9
110054
-
0.625
15.875
6.48
10.16
14.73
1.55
1.55
5.08
16.0
1.3
110056
10B-1
0.625
15.875
9.65
10.16
14.73
1.55
1.55
5.08
18.8
110066
12B-1
0.75
19.05
11.68
12.07
16.13
1.8
1.8
5.72
21.9
110088
16B-1
1.0
25.4
17.02
15.88
21.08
4.12
3.1
8.28
110106
20B-1
1.25
31.75
19.56
19.05
26.42
4.62
3.61
110127
24B-1
1.50
38.1
25.4
25.4
33.4
6.1
5.08
(N) ‡
0.39
-
-
8900
0.30
-
-
8900
0.35
-
-
17800
0.7
-
-
17800
0.70
-
-
22200
0.81
-
-
1.3
22200
0.92
-
-
1.1
28900
1.20
-
-
34.9
2.2
60000
2.80
-
-
10.19
39.8
2.7
95000
3.85
-
-
14.63
52.6
6.8
160000
7.45
-
-
8900
⊗ STRAIGHT SIDE PLATES
‡ RENOLD SYNERGY CHAIN FAR EXCEEDS THE ISO606 MINIMUM TENSILE STRENGTH REQUIREMENT, BUT RENOLD DO NOT CONSIDER THAT
THIS FIGURE PROVIDES A USEFUL INDICATOR TO THE KEY CHAIN PERFORMANCE AREAS OF WEAR AND FATIGUE.
For information on chain sizes smaller or larger than those shown here, please see page 12.
link no. 4
8
link no. 107
link no. 11
link no. 26
engineering excellence www.renold.com
link no. 12
link no. 30
link no. 4
link no. 26
link no. 107
link no. 12
link no. 11/58
link no. 30
1
SYNERGY
08 B
Synergy® - BS Transmission Chain
ISO 606
A
A
D
Renold Synergy® European BS Duplex Transmission Chain
Chain
ISO
No
Technical Details (mm)
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
Inside
Width
Min
Roller
Dia
Max
Connecting Links
Plate Plate Plate
Height Width Width
Max
Inner Outer
Max
Pin
Dia
Max
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Trans
Pitch
Nom
Max
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H2
J
Renold
Exceeds
ISO 606
Tensile
Strength
Min
K
Weight
kg/m
No No No No No No
4 107 11 26 12 30
Min
(N) ‡
06B-2
0.375
9.525
5.72
6.35
8.26
1.3
1.04
3.28
23.0
1.3
10.24
16900
0.74
-
-
08B-2
0.50
12.7
7.75
8.51
11.81
1.55
1.55
4.45
30.4
1.5
13.92
31100
1.38
-
-
10B-2
0.625
15.875 9.65
10.16
14.73
1.55
1.55
5.08
35.4
1.3
16.59
44500
1.80
-
-
12B-2
0.75
19.05
12.07
16.13
1.8
1.8
5.72
41.4
1.1
19.46
57800
2.40
-
-
11.68
16B-2
1.0
25.4
17.02
15.88
21.08
4.12
3.1
8.28
66.8
2.2
31.88
106000
5.50
-
-
20B-2
1.25
31.75
19.56
19.05
26.42
4.62
3.61
10.19 76.7
2.7
36.45
170000
7.80
-
-
24B-2
1.50
38.1
25.4
25.4
33.4
6.1
5.08
14.63 101.3 6.8
48.36
280000
14.80
-
-
Renold Synergy® European BS Triplex Transmission Chain
Chain
ISO
No
Technical Details (mm)
Pitch
Inch
Connecting Links
Pitch Inside
mm
Width
Min
Roller
Dia
Max
Plate Plate Plate
Height Width Width
Max
Inner Outer
Max
Pin
Dia
Max
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Trans
Pitch
Nom
Max
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H3
A
Weight
kg/m
J
Renold
Exceeds
ISO 606
Tensile
Strength
Min
K
No No No No No No
4 107 11 26 12 30
(N) ‡
06B-3
0.375
9.525 5.72
6.35
8.26
1.3
1.04
3.28
33.3
1.3
10.24
24900
1.10
-
-
08B-3
0.50
12.7
8.51
11.81
1.55
1.55
4.45
44.3
1.5
13.92
44500
2.06
-
-
10B-3
0.625
15.875 9.65
10.16
14.73
1.55
1.55
5.08
52.0
1.3
16.59
66700
2.54
-
-
12B-3
0.75
19.05 11.68
12.07
16.13
1.8
1.8
5.72
60.9
1.1
19.46
86700
3.60
-
-
99.9
7.75
16B-3
1.0
25.4
17.02
15.88
20.57
4.12
3.1
8.28
5.4
31.88
160000
8.15
-
-
20B-3
1.25
31.75 19.56
19.05
26.04
4.62
3.61
10.19 116.1 6.1
36.45
250000
11.65
-
-
24B-3
1.50
38.1
25.4
33.4
6.1
5.08
14.63 150.2 6.6
48.36
425000
22.25
-
-
25.4
‡ RENOLD SYNERGY CHAIN FAR EXCEEDS THE ISO606 MINIMUM TENSILE STRENGTH REQUIREMENT, BUT RENOLD DO NOT CONSIDER THAT
THIS FIGURE PROVIDES A USEFUL INDICATOR TO THE KEY CHAIN PERFORMANCE AREAS OF WEAR AND FATIGUE.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
9
w
A&S BS Transmission Chain
1
A&S BS Simplex Transmission Chain
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
Technical Details (mm)
ISO
No
Pitch Pitch
Inch mm
Inside Roller Plate Plate
Width Dia
Height Width
Min Max Max
Inner
Max
Plate Pin
Width Dia
Outer Max
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con Trans ISO606
Weight
Link Pitch Tensile
kg/m
Extra Norm Strength
Max
Min
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H1
J
K
(N) ‡
A
No No No No No No
4 107 26 30 11/58 12
100 00 02
03
0.197 5.00
2.50
3.20
4.10
0.57
0.57
1.49
7.40
2.50
-
2200
0.08
-
100 00 03
04
0.236 6.00
2.80
4.00
5.00
0.57
0.57
1.85
7.40
2.90
-
3000
0.12
-
-
100 00 06
05B-1
0.315 8.00
3.00
5.00
7.10
0.73
0.73
2.31
8.60
3.10
-
4400
0.18
-
100 00 15*
06B-1
0.375 9.525
5.72
6.35
8.20
1.25
1.00
3.28
13.50
3.30
-
8900
0.41
-
100 00 24
081
0.500 12.70
3.30
7.75
9.90
1.00
1.00
3.66
10.20
1.50
-
8000
0.28
-
-
0.500 12.70
7.75
8.51
11.80
1.50
1.50
4.45
17.00
3.90
-
17800
0.70
-
-
100 00 31** 08B-1
100 00 40** 10B-1
0.625 15.875 9.65
10.16 14.70
1.50
1.50
5.08
19.60
4.10
-
22200
0.95
-
100 00 50** 12B-1
0.750 19.05
11.80 12.07 16.10
1.76
1.76
5.72
22.70
4.60
-
28900
1.25
100 00 68** 16B-1
1.000 25.40
17.02 15.88 21.00
4.00
3.00
8.28
36.10
5.40
-
60000
2.70
100 00 75** 20B-1
1.250 31.75
19.56 19.05 26.40
4.40
3.50
10.19 43.20
6.10
-
95000
3.60
100 00 79** 24B-1
1.500 38.10
25.40 25.40 33.40
5.90
5.00
14.63 53.40
6.60
-
160000
6.70
100 06 15
28B-1
1.750 44.45
30.99 27.94 37.00
7.62
6.35
15.90 65.10
7.40
-
200000
8.60
-
-
100 06 17
32B-1
2.000 50.80
30.99 29.21 42.20
7.11
6.35
17.81 67.40
7.90
-
250000
10.50
-
-
100 06 20
40B-1
2.500 63.50
38.10 39.37 52.90
8.64
8.10
22.89 82.60
10.00 -
355000
16.00
-
-
100 10 34*** 48B-1
2.999 76.20
45.72 48.26 63.80
12.19 10.16
29.24 99.10
10.00 -
560000
25.00
-
-
-
100 10 37*** 56B-1
3.499 88.90
53.34 53.98 77.80
13.72 12.45
34.32 114.00 11.00 -
850000
35.00
-
-
-
100 10 39*** 64B-1
3.999 101.60 60.96 63.50 90.10
15.24 13.72
39.40 130.00 13.00 -
1120000
60.00
-
-
-
100 10 41*** 72B-1
4.499 114.30 68.58 72.39 103.60 17.27 16.00
44.50 147.00 14.00 -
1400000
80.00
-
-
-
link no. 4
10
Connecting Links
link no. 107
link no. 11/58
link no. 26
engineering excellence www.renold.com
link no. 12
link no. 30
w
A&S BS Transmission Chain
link no. 4
link no. 26
link no. 107
link no. 12
link no. 11/58
link no. 30
1
A&S BS Duplex Transmission Chain
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
Technical Details (mm)
ISO
No
Pitch Pitch
Inch mm
A
A
Connecting Links
Inside Roller Plate Plate
Width Dia
Height Width
Min Max Max
Inner
Max
B
C
D
E
Plate
Width
Outer
Max
F
Pin
Dia
Max
Pin
Len
Max
G
2.80
0.57
1.85
4.00
5.00
0.57
Trans ISO606
Weight
Pitch Tensile
kg/m
Norm Strength
Min
K
(N) ‡
No No No No No No
4 107 26 30 11/58 12
H2
Con
Link
Extra
Max
J
12.50
2.90
5.50
0.24
-
-
100 00 04
-
0.236 6.00
-
100 00 07
05B-2
0.315 8.00
3.00
5.00
7.10
0.73
0.73
2.31
14.30
3.10
5.64
7800
0.36
-
100 00 16
06B-2
0.375 9.525
5.72
6.35
8.20
1.25
1.00
3.28
23.80
3.30
10.24
16900
0.78
-
100 00 32** 08B-2
0.500 12.70
7.75
8.51
11.80
1.50
1.50
4.45
31.00
3.30
13.92
31100
1.35
-
100 00 41** 10B-2
0.625 15.875 9.65
10.16 14.70
1.50
1.50
5.08
36.20
4.10
16.59
44500
1.85
100 00 51** 12B-2
0.750 19.05
11.68 12.07 16.10
1.76
1.76
5.72
42.20
4.60
19.46
57800
2.50
100 00 69** 16B-2
1.000 25.40
17.02 15.88 21.00
4.00
3.00
8.28
68.00
5.40
31.88
106000
5.40
100 00 76
20B-2
1.250 31.75
19.56 19.05 26.40
4.40
3.50
10.19 79.70
6.10
36.45
170000
7.20
100 00 80
24B-2
1.500 38.10
25.40 25.40 33.40
5.90
5.00
14.63 101.00 6.60
48.36
280000
13.50
-
100 06 11
28B-2
1.750 44.45
30.99 27.94 37.00
7.62
6.35
15.90 124.00 7.40
59.56
360000
16.50
-
-
100 06 18
32B-2
2.000 50.80
30.99 29.21 42.20
7.11
6.35
17.81 126.00 7.90
58.55
450000
21.00
-
-
100 06 21
40B-2
2.500 63.50
38.10 39.37 52.90
8.64
8.10
22.89 154.00 10.00 72.29
630000
32.00
-
-
100 10 35*** 48B-2
2.999 76.20
45.72 48.26 63.80
12.19 10.16
29.24 190.00 10.00 91.21
1000000
50.00
-
-
-
100 10 38*** 56B-2
3.4999 88.90
53.34 53.98 77.80
13.72 12.45
34.32 221.00 11.00 106.60 1600000
70.00
-
-
-
100 10 40*** 64B-2
3.999 101.60 60.96 63.50 90.10
15.24 13.72
39.40 250.00 13.00 119.89 2000000
120.00
-
-
-
A&S BS Triplex Transmission Chain
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
Technical Details (mm)
ISO
No
Pitch Pitch
Inch mm
A
A
Connecting Links
Inside Roller Plate Plate
Width Dia
Height Width
Min Max Max
Inner
Max
B
C
D
E
Plate
Width
Outer
Max
F
Pin
Dia
Max
Pin
Len
Max
G
H3
Con
Link
Extra
Max
J
Trans ISO606
Weight
Pitch Tensile
kg/m
Norm Strength
Min
K
(N) ‡
No No No No No No
4 7 26 30 11/58 12
100 00 08
05B-3
0.315 8.00
3.00
5.00
7.10
0.73
0.73
2.31
19.90
3.10
5.64
11100
0.54
-
100 00 17*
06B-3
0.375 9.525
5.72
6.35
8.20
1.25
1.00
3.28
34.00
3.30
10.24
24900
1.18
-
100 00 33
08B-3
0.500 12.70
7.75
8.51
11.80
1.50
1.50
4.45
44.90
3.90
13.92
44500
2.00
100 00 42
10B-3
0.625 15.875 9.65
10.16 14.70
1.50
1.50
5.08
52.80
4.10
16.59
66700
2.80
100 00 52
12B-3
0.750 19.05
11.68 12.07 16.10
1.76
1.76
5.72
60.9
4.60
19.46
86700
3.80
100 00 70
16B-3
1.000 25.40
17.02 15.88 21.00
4.00
3.00
8.28
99.90
5.40
31.88
160000
8.00
100 00 77
20B-3
1.250 31.75
19.56 19.05 26.40
4.40
3.50
10.19 116.00 6.10
36.45
250000
11.00
100 00 81
24B-3
1.500 38.10
25.40 25.40 33.40
5.90
5.00
14.63 150.00 6.60
48.36
425000
21.00
-
100 06 16
28B-3
1.750 44.45
30.99 27.94 37.00
7.62
6.35
15.90 184.00 7.40
59.56
530000
25.00
-
-
100 06 19
32B-3
2.000 50.80
30.99 29.21 42.20
7.11
6.35
17.81 184.00 7.90
58.55
670000
27.95
-
-
* Only with straight plates ** Straight side plates available *** Chains to BS 228 : 1984
www.renold.com engineering excellence
11
w
Small and Large Pitch European (BS) Chain
ISO 606
1
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
Technical Details (mm)
ISO
No
Connecting Links
Pitch Pitch
Inch mm
Inside
Width
Min
Roller
Dia
Max
Plate
Plate
Height Width
Max
Inner
Max
Plate
Width
Outer
Max
Pin
Dia
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con Trans ISO606 Weight
Link Pitch Tensile kg/m
Extra Nom Strength
Max
Min
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H1
J
6.8
7.4
7.4
8.6
10.9
1.2
2.5
2.9
3.1
1.3
-
1800
2200
3000
4400
8900
0.07
0.08
0.12
0.18
0.34
-
-
64.2 6.8
63.4 8.0
78.2 9.5
99.1 10.5
114.6 11.7
130.9 13.0
H2
14.3 3.1
-
200000
250000
355000
560000
778435
711800
9.35
10.10
16.50
25.80
35.20
49.30
-
-
-
-
7800
0.33
-
-
6.8 59.56 360000
7.9 58.55 450000
10.2 72.29 630000
10.5 91.21 1000000
11.7 106.60 1557000
13.0 119.90 1423420
18.60
20.10
32.80
51.00
69.70
97.50
-
-
-
-
13200
0.52
-
-
59.56 530000
58.55 670000
72.29 950000
91.21 1500000
28.00
30.00
48.90
76.20
-
-
-
K
No No No No No No
4 107 11 26 12 30
(N) ‡
Simplex
1141
1151
1161
110500
110037
03
04
05B-1
06B-1
0.16
0.20
0.24
0.32
0.38
4.00
5.00
6.00
8.00
9.53
2.70
2.50
2.80
3.00
3.94
2.50
3.20
4.00
5.00
6.35
4.10
4.10
5.00
7.11
8.26
0.57
0.57
0.57
0.73
1.30
0.57
0.57
0.57
0.73
1.04
1.65
1.49
1.85
2.31
3.28
110147
110166
110206
180709
180781
110325
28B-1
32B-1
40B-1
-
1.75 44.45
2.00 50.80
2.50 63.50
3.00 76.20
3.50 88.90
4.00 101.60
30.99
30.99
39.3
45.72
53.34
60.96
27.94
29.21
39.37
48.26
53.98
63.50
37.08
42.29
52.96
66.04
80.52
90.17
7.62
7.11
8.13
12.19
13.72
15.24
6.35
6.35
8.13
10.16
12.70
13.72
15.90
17.81
22.89
29.24
34.30
39.40
8.00
3.00
5.00
7.11
0.73
0.73
2.31
1.75 44.45
2.00 50.80
2.50 63.50
3.00 76.20
3.50 88.90
4.00 101.60
30.99
30.99
39.3
45.72
53.34
60.96
27.94
29.21
39.37
48.26
53.98
63.50
37.08
42.29
52.96
66.04
80.52
90.17
7.62
7.11
8.13
12.19
12.45
15.24
6.35
6.35
8.13
10.16
13.72
13.72
15.90
17.81
22.89
29.24
34.30
39.40
8.00
3.00
5.00
7.10
0.73
0.73
2.31
44.45
50.80
63.50
76.20
30.99
30.99
38.10
45.72
27.94
29.21
39.37
48.26
37.08
42.29
52.96
66.04
7.62
7.11
8.64
12.19
6.35
6.35
8.13
10.16
15.90
17.81
22.89
29.24
Duplex
114500
05B-2 0.32
114147
114166
114206
180721
180760
114325
28B-2
32B-2
40B-2
-
Triplex
116500
05B-3 0.315
116147
116166
116206
180739
28B-3
32B-3
40B-3
-
1.75
2.00
2.50
3.00
123.7
126.0
154.9
190.4
221.2
250.8
H3
19.9
3.1
184.3 7.4
184.5 7.9
227.2 10.2
281.6 10.5
5.64
5.64
‡ RENOLD CHAIN FAR EXCEEDS THE ISO606 MINIMUM TENSILE STRENGTH REQUIREMENT, BUT RENOLD DO NOT CONSIDER THAT
THIS FIGURE PROVIDES A USEFUL INDICATOR TO THE KEY CHAIN PERFORMANCE AREAS OF WEAR AND FATIGUE.
No.4
12
No.107
No.11
No.26
engineering excellence www.renold.com
No.12
No.30
Standard Attachments
BS Simplex Chain - ISO 606
1
Renold standard power transmission chain can be adapted for conveying duties by the
fitment of attachments shown on these pages. The attachments can be assembled on one
or both sides of the chain at any desired pitch spacing.
Note:
1. K2 attachments cannot be assembled on adjacent inner and outer links on the
same side of the chain.
2. M1 attachments cannot be assembled next to a No. 30 (Cranked link double)
joint.
Bearing pins with an extension on one side of the chain can be built into chain at any
desired pitch spacing and afford a simple means by which attachments or tubular staybars
may be secured to chain. The pins for BS/DIN series chain are grooved for standard
external type circlips to BS 3673 Part 2 (not supplied) so that, if required, attachments may
be retained endwise or can be supplied as a standard straight extended pin.
Joints
No. 4
Inner link
No. 107
Outer link
No. 26
Connecting link-spring clip
Base Chain BS Simplex
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
110046
110056
110066
110088
110106
110127
Technical Details
ISO
No
08B-1
10B-1
12B-1
16B-1
20B-1
24B-1
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
Inside
Width
Min
Roller
Dia
Max
Plate
Height
Max
Plate
Width
Inner
Max
Plate
Width
Outer
Max
Pin
Dia
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H1
J
8.51
10.16
12.07
15.88
19.05
25.40
11.81
14.73
16.13
21.08
26.42
33.40
17.0
19.6
22.7
36.1
43.2
53.4
3.9
4.1
4.6
5.4
6.1
6.6
0.50
0.625
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
31.75
38.10
7.75
9.65
11.68
17.02
19.56
25.40
1.55
1.55
1.8
4.12
4.62
6.10
1.55
1.55
1.8
3.1
3.61
5.08
4.45
5.08
5.72
8.28
10.19
14.63
www.renold.com engineering excellence
ISO 606
Weight
Tensile Strength kg/m
FB Newtons
Min
17800
22200
28900
60000
95000
160000
0.70
0.92
1.20
2.80
3.85
7.45
13
Standard K1 Attachments
ISO 606
K1 ATTACHMENTS
1
w
h
g
d
Renold Standard K1 Attachments
ISO
No
08B
10B
12B
16B
20B
Renold
Chain
No
110046
110056
110066
110088
110106
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
E
F
w
h
0.50
0.625
0.75
1.0
1.25
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
31.75
1.57
1.57
1.83
4.06
4.62
1.57
1.57
1.83
3.1
3.61
11.56
12.83
16.64
24.32
25.59
8.89
10.16
13.49
15.24
19.84
d
4.19
4.98
7.14
6.68
8.08
g
T
U
6.8
6.8
8.02
10.27
12.58
23.8
31.75
38.1
47.63
63.5
37.92
44.45
59.66
74.45
93.62
g
T
U
2.5
3.4
4.1
5.9
6.8
8.1
10.5
13.2
16.7
11.2
13.5
19.6
25.4
31.8
38.1
50.8
63.5
88.0
ISO Standard K1 Attachments
ISO
No
04
05B
06B
08B
10B
12B
16B
20B
24B
Renold
Chain
No
1161
110500
110038*
110046
110056
110066
110088
110106
110127
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
E
F
w
h
0.236
0.315
0.375
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
6.0
8.0
9.525
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.40
31.75
38.1
0.57
0.73
1.25
1.51
1.51
1.76
3.7
4.4
5.4
0.57
0.73
1.0
1.51
1.51
1.76
3.0
3.5
5.0
5.8
7.8
8.0
11.0
14.0
18.0
24.0
30.0
36.0
4.5
5.3
6.7
8.9
10.3
13.5
15.9
19.9
28.0
* STRAIGHT PLATE
14
engineering excellence www.renold.com
d
2.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.6
6.6
8.4
10.5
17.6
21.5
28.5
41.7
49.6
52.7
85.6
101.0
124.7
Standard K2 Attachments
ISO 606
K2 ATTACHMENTS
1
w
s
h
g
d
Renold Standard K2 Attachments
ISO
No
08B
10B
12B
16B
20B
Renold
Chain
No
110046
110056
110066
110088
110106
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
E
F
h
d
0.50
0.625
0.75
1.0
1.25
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
31.72
1.57
1.57
1.83
4.06
4.62
1.57
1.57
1.83
3.1
3.61
9.89
10.16
11.43
15.875
19.84
4.85
4.98
5.54
8.08
8.08
g
6.8
6.8
8.02
10.27
12.58
w
s
T
U
24.5
29.97
35.48
45.91
58.1
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
31.75
25.4
31.75
34.93
57.15
63.5
40.46
45.57
51.13
78.26
93.62
w
s
T
U
11.1
14.8
17.6
24.4
29.9
35.4
46.2
57.0
71.5
6.0
8.0
9.5
12.7
15.9
19.0
26.4
31.7
38.1
11.2
13.5
19.6
25.4
31.8
38.1
50.8
63.5
88.0
ISO Standard K2 Attachments
ISO
No
04
05B
06B
08B
10B
12B
16B
20B
24B
Renold
Chain
No
1161
110500
110038*
110046
110056
110066
110088
110106
110127
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
E
F
h
d
g
0.375
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
6.0
8.0
9.525
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
31.75
38.1
0.57
0.73
1.25
1.51
1.51
1.76
3.7
4.4
5.4
0.57
0.73
1.0
1.51
1.51
1.76
3.0
3.5
5.0
4.5
5.3
6.7
8.9
10.3
13.5
15.9
19.9
28.0
2.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.6
6.6
8.4
10.5
2.5
3.4
4.1
5.9
6.8
8.1
10.5
13.2
16.7
17.6
21.5
28.5
41.7
49.6
48.8
85.6
101.0
124.7
* STRAIGHT PLATE
www.renold.com engineering excellence
15
Standard M1 Attachments
ISO 606
M1 ATTACHMENTS
1
w
d
f
e
g
Renold Standard M1 Attachments
ISO
No
08B
10B
12B
16B
20B
Renold
Chain
No
110046
110056
110066
110088
110106
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
E
F
w
e
f
d
g
0.50
0.625
0.75
1.0
1.25
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
31.75
1.57
1.57
1.83
4.06
4.62
1.57
1.57
1.83
3.1
3.61
11.56
12.83
16.64
24.32
25.59
19.00
22.54
31.98
34.13
46.02
12.7
15.875
22.23
23.8
31.75
4.19
4.98
7.14
6.73
8.2
6.8
6.8
8.02
10.27
12.58
d
g
ISO Standard M1 Attachments
ISO
No
04
05B
06B
08B
10B
12B
16B
20B
24B
Renold
Chain
No
1161
11050
110038*
110046
110056
110066
110088
110106
110127
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
E
F
w
e
f
0.375
0.50
0.625
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
6.0
8.0
9.525
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
31.75
38.1
0.57
0.73
1.25
1.51
1.51
1.76
3.7
4.4
5.4
0.57
0.73
1.0
1.51
1.51
1.76
3.0
3.5
5.0
5.8
7.8
8.0
11.0
14.0
18.0
24.0
30.0
36.0
10.0
11.9
14.5
20.8
24.9
28.2
39.7
47.5
61.5
6.8
8.6
10.1
13.0
16.5
21.0
23.0
30.5
42.7
* STRAIGHT PLATE
16
engineering excellence www.renold.com
2.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.6
6.6
8.4
10.5
2.5
3.4
4.1
5.9
6.8
8.1
10.5
13.2
16.7
Standard M2 Attachments
ISO 606
M2 ATTACHMENTS
1
F
w
s
d
e
f
g
A
E
A
ISO Standard M2 Attachments
ISO
No
04
05B
06B
08B
10B
12B
16B
20B
24B
Renold
Chain
No
1161
110500
110038*
110046
110056
110066
110088
110106
110127
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
0.375
0.50
0.625
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
6.0
8.0
9.525
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
31.75
38.1
E
F
e
0.57
0.73
1.25
1.51
1.51
1.76
3.7
4.4
5.4
0.57
0.73
1.0
1.51
1.51
1.76
3.0
3.5
5.0
10.0
11.9
14.5
20.8
24.9
28.2
39.7
47.5
61.5
f
d
g
6.8
8.6
10.1
13.0
16.5
21.0
23.0
30.5
42.7
2.3
2.3
3.3
4.3
5.3
6.6
6.6
8.4
10.5
2.5
3.4
4.1
5.9
6.8
8.1
10.5
13.2
16.7
w
s
11.1
14.8
17.6
24.4
29.9
35.4
46.2
57.0
71.5
6.0
8.0
9.5
12.7
15.9
19.0
25.4
31.7
38.1
* STRAIGHT PLATE
www.renold.com engineering excellence
17
K1 & K2 Attachments
ISO 1275
Renold BS Double Pitch Standard K1 Attachments
1
w
h
g
d
ISO
No
208B
210B
212B
216B
220B
224B
Renold
Chain
No
113083 *
113103 *
113123 *
113168
113203
113243
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
E
F
w
h
d
g
T
U
1.0
1.25
1.50
2.0
2.5
3.0
25.4
31.75
38.1
50.8
63.5
76.2
1.51
1.51
1.76
3.7
4.4
5.4
1.51
1.51
1.76
3.0
4.1
5.0
23.8
25.4
20.0
40.0
40.0
70.0
8.5
10.5
12.2
17.0
21.0
28.0
4.3
5.3
6.4
8.4
10.5
10.5
5.8
7.4
8.2
10.3
11.3
16.7
27.6
31.6
35.2
58.0
69.0
88.0
42.5
48.5
54.8
83.8
98.7
124.7
* STRAIGHT PLATE
Renold BS Double Pitch Standard K2 Attachments
w
s
h
g
d
ISO
No
208B
210B
212B
216B
220B
Renold
Chain
No
113083 *
113103 *
113123 *
113168
113203
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
25.4
31.75
38.1
50.8
63.5
E
F
h
d
g
w
s
T
U
1.51
1.51
1.76
3.7
4.4
1.51
1.51
1.76
3.0
4.1
8.5
10.5
12.2
17.0
21.0
4.3
5.3
6.4
8.4
10.5
5.8
7.4
8.2
10.3
11.3
37.1
46.7
54.4
71.3
86.5
12.7
15.8
19.0
25.4
31.7
27.6
31.6
35.2
58.0
69.0
42.5
48.5
54.8
83.8
98.7
* STRAIGHT PLATE
18
engineering excellence www.renold.com
M1 & M2 Attachments
ISO 1275
Renold BS Double Pitch Standard M1 Attachments
w
1
d
e
f
g
ISO
No
208B
210B
212B
216B
220B
224B
Renold
Chain
No
113083 *
113103 *
113123 *
113168
113203
113243
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
E
F
25.4
31.85
38.1
50.8
63.5
76.2
1.51
1.51
1.73
3.7
4.4
5.4
1.51
1.51
1.73
3.0
4.1
5.0
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
w
23.8
25.4
20.0
40.0
40.0
70.0
e
f
d
20.8
24.9
28.3
40.0
48.7
61.5
13.7
16.5
18.5
27.4
33.0
42.7
4.3
5.3
6.4
8.4
10.5
10.5
g
5.8
7.4
8.2
10.3
11.3
16.7
* STRAIGHT PLATE
Renold BS Double Pitch Standard M2 Attachments
w
s
d
e
f
g
ISO
No
208B
210B
212B
216B
220B
224B
Renold
Chain
No
113083 *
113103 *
113123 *
113168
113203
113243
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
E
F
e
f
d
g
w
s
1.0
1.25
1.50
2.0
2.5
3.0
25.4
31.75
38.1
50.8
63.5
76.2
1.51
1.51
1.76
3.7
4.4
5.4
1.51
1.51
1.76
3.0
4.1
5.0
20.8
24.9
28.3
40.0
48.7
61.5
13.7
16.5
18.5
27.4
33.0
42.7
4.3
5.3
6.4
8.4
10.5
10.5
5.8
7.4
8.2
10.3
11.3
16.7
37.1
46.7
54.4
71.3
86.5
-
12.7
15.8
19.0
25.4
31.7
38.1
* STRAIGHT PLATE
www.renold.com engineering excellence
19
European (BS) Standard Extended Bearing Pins
Extended pin + circlip groove (type C)
EXTENDED PINS WITH
CIRCLIP GROOVE
m
k
j
1
Unit Assemblies
Extended Pins Type C
ISO
No
Renold Pitch
Chain Inch
Pitch
mm
Pin
dia.
A
A
0.50
0.625
0.75
1.0
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
No
08B-1
10B-1
12B-1
16B-1
110046
110056
110066
110088
(max)
b
Extension
length
to circlip
groove
(max)
j
Circlip groove
Width
Dia.
(min)
k
(min)
m
4.45
5.08
5.72
8.28
7.19
9.45
11.81
15.75
0.58
0.71
0.71
1.02
3.18
3.73
4.78
6.93
Chain track
from
chain
centre
line (max)
f
17.78
21.34
25.15
36.58
No163
Outer link
No165
Connecting link-spring clip
No164
Outer link
No166
Connecting link-spring clip
Straight extended pin (type D)
STRAIGHT EXTENDED
PINS
b
Unit Assemblies
Extended Pins Type D ISO 606
ISO
No
Renold
Chain
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
Pin
dia.
±.0.01
Extension
length
±.0.25
Pin
length
(max)
A
A
b
V
H
0.375
0.50
0.625
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
9.525
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
31.75
38.1
3.28
4.45
5.08
5.72
8.28
10.19
14.63
11.3
14.8
17.6
20.7
33.3
38.3
50.3
No
06B-1
08B-1
10B-1
12B-1
16B-1
20B-1
24B-1
110038*
110046
110056
110066
110088
110106
110127
23.8
31.0
36.2
42.4
68.0
79.7
101.8
No 563
Outerlink
No 565
Connecting link - spring
clip
No 564
Outerlink
No 566
Connecting link - spring clip
* STRAIGHT SIDE PLATES
20
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Attachment Chain Connecting Links
For Renold BS Simplex Roller Chain
No240
No272
No140
No172
No144
No175
No242
No276
No142
No176
No145
No180
No270
No278
No170
No178
No174
No181
No164
No165
No 563
Outerlink
No 565
Connecting link - spring clip
No163
No166
No 564
Outerlink
1
No 566
Connecting link - spring clip
Special or Adapted Transmission Chain
In addition to our ranges of standard
series chain we can also offer:
Transmission Chain up to
300mm pitch and 450 tonnes
breaking load.
Standard Series Chain adapted
to your unique needs with
special attachments.
Special Chain designed with
integral attachments to meet
individual requirements.
Renold Adapted Chain can be in the form of special plates, pin rollers, or blocks which can be
designed, manufactured and assembled into chain of all pitch sizes.
Attachments can be made from normal materials, stainless steel or plastics.
We will be pleased to receive details of your requirements and evaluate them for strength, durability,
price and despatch. They can be manufactured from your own designs or adapted from existing
drawings.
The illustrations below show only a small selection of the wide range of variants and these chains have
been used successfully in many branches of industry for the feeding, conveying and discharge of a
variety of products.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
21
Syno Nickel Plated Chain
No need to relubricate this chain!
1
This dry-to-the-touch chain now includes more performance enhancing characteristics than
ever before. Using the latest techniques, Renold have incorporated special surface treatment
processes to improve the bonding of the nickel plating. This type of plating is not prone to
chipping or peeling as some other plated chains are prone to doing.
The pin coating minimises friction, improving wear life and reducing vibration, while the FDAapproved coating on the roller and the USDA H1-approved lubricant within the chain make it
ideal for food processing environments.
At a glance
Dry-to-the-touch chain
Never needs relubrication
FDA-approved coating on rollers
Nickel-plating on plates won’t chip or peel
Good resistance to corrosion
USDA H1-approved lubricant inside chain when supplied
Standard chain dimensions so can be exchanged "like for like"
Will run on standard sprockets
BS: 1/2" to 11/2" simplex and duplex (06B-1 to 24B-1 and 06B-2 to 24B-2)
ANSI: 1/2" to 11/4" simplex and duplex (40-1 to 100-1 and 40-2 to 100-2)
BS Standard Nickel Plated Chain - Simplex
Chain
Technical Details (mm)
Renold ISO
Chain No
No
Pitch
Inch
Pitch Inside Roller Plate Plate
mm Width Dia
Height Width
Min
Max
Max
Inner
Max
Plate Pin Pin
Width Dia Len
Outer Max Max
Max
Con Transverse ISO
Weight
Link Pitch
Breaking Load kg/m
Extra Nom
FB in N
Max
Min
A
A
F
H1
J
12.5
17.0
19.6
23.6
35.0
41.4
52.6
1.1
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.6
2.1
5.0
110438
110446
110456
110466
110488
111506
110527
06B-1
08B-1
10B-1
12B-1
16B-1
20B-1
24B-1
0.375
0.50
0.625
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
9.525
12.70
15.875
19.05
25.40
31.75
38.10
B
5.72
7.75
9.65
11.68
17.02
19.56
25.40
Connecting Links
C
D
E
6.35
8.51
10.16
12.07
15.88
19.05
25.40
8.2
11.7
14.6
16.0
20.2
25.3
33.4
1.25
1.76
2.00
2.36
3.70
4.40
6.00
G
1.00 3.28
1.50 4.45
1.50 5.08
1.76 5.72
3.00 8.27
3.50 10.17
5.00 14.63
-
8900
17800
22200
28900
60000
95000
160000
0.40
0.73
1.01
1.30
2.72
3.75
7.35
No No No No No No
4 107 26 11 12 30
-
BS Standard Nickel Plated Chain - Duplex
Chain
Technical Details (mm)
Renold ISO
Chain No
No
Pitch
Inch
Pitch Inside Roller Plate Plate
mm Width Dia
Height Width
Min
Max
Max
Inner
Max
Plate Pin Pin
Width Dia Len
Outer Max Max
Max
Con Transverse ISO
Weight
Link Pitch
Breaking Load kg/m
Extra Nom
FB in N
Max
Min
A
A
F
J
K
1.1
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.6
2.1
5.0
10.24
13.92
16.59
19.46
31.88
36.45
48.36
114438
114446
114456
114466
114488
114506
114527
06B-2
08B-2
10B-2
12B-2
16B-2
20B-2
24B-2
No.4
22
0.375
0.50
0.625
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
9.525
12.70
15.875
19.05
25.40
31.75
38.10
B
5.72
7.75
9.65
11.68
17.02
19.56
25.40
Connecting Links
C
D
E
6.35
8.51
10.16
12.07
15.88
19.05
25.40
8.2
11.7
14.6
16.0
20.2
25.3
33.4
1.25
1.76
2.00
2.36
3.70
4.40
6.00
No.107
G
H1
1.00 3.28 23.0
1.50 4.45 30.9
1.50 5.08 36.2
1.76 5.72 43.1
3.00 8.27 66.9
3.50 10.17 77.9
5.00 14.63 101.0
No.26
16900
31100
44500
57800
106000
170000
280000
No.11
engineering excellence www.renold.com
0.76
1.40
1.93
2.47
5.08
7.06
14.55
No. 12
No No No No No No
4 107 26 11 12 30
-
No.30
Syno Stainless Steel Chain
As a response to increasing demand for chain that provides good performance in clean
environments where contamination is a potential risk, Renold has used its technical
expertise to create Renold Syno Stainless Steel Chain, with superior features such as
corrosion resistance, low maintenance and excellent performance.
Conventional lubricant serves a dual purpose, providing lubrication but also serving as a
barrier to corrosion. However in biologically sensitive areas such as food processing
applications, the requirement is for low maintenance (minimal lubrication) with excellent
corrosion resistance. This makes Renold Syno Stainless Steel Chain the logical, practical
choice.
1
The chain brings together the features and benefits of two Renold products; Syno low
maintenance chain and Stainless steel chain. All based around the proven performance
and unsurpassed wear life of every Renold chain, Renold Syno Stainless Steel Chain
gives the best possible value for money.
It is suitable for use in such situations as food packaging and preparation,
pharmaceuticals, canning and also textiles and clothing.
With these features, this is an unbeatable choice for the most unforgiving of
environments. Another example of Renold technology and experience being put to the
test and delivering results.
AT A GLANCE
Lowest maintenance for clean environments.
Excellent corrosion resistance.
Chain has dry, grease-free surface.
Excellent chain life with minimal maintenance.
For use in temperatures up to 150°C.
Attachments available.
European (BS) - Simplex
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
110746
110756
110766
110788
Technical Details
ISO
No
08B-1
10B-1
12B-1
16B-1
Connecting Links
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
Inside Roller Plate Plate
Width Dia
Height Width
Min
Max
Max
Inner
Max
Plate Pin
Width Dia
Outer Max
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con Trans
Link Pitch
Extra
Max
A
A
B
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
12.7
7.75
15.87 9.65
19.05 11.68
25.4 17.02
C
D
E
F
G
H1
J
K
8.51
10.16
12.07
15.88
11.7
14.6
16.7
20.2
1.8
2.0
2.4
3.7
1.5
2.0
2.4
3.0
3.97
4.45
5.08
7.00
16.9
20.4
25.3
35.0
1.5
2.4
2.2
2.7
-
Breaking Load
FB Newtons
Min
12000
14700
18640
26500
Weight
kg/m
No No No No
4
107 26 11
0.7
1.1
1.5
2.5
-
European (BS) - Duplex
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
114746
114756
114766
114788
Technical Details
ISO
No
08B-2
10B-2
12B-2
16B-2
Connecting Links
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
Inside Roller Plate Plate
Width Dia
Height Width
Min
Max
Max
Inner
Max
Plate Pin
Width Dia
Outer Max
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con Trans
Link Pitch
Extra
Max
A
A
B
J
K
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
12.7
7.75
15.87 9.65
19.05 11.68
25.4 17.02
1.5
2.4
2.2
2.8
13.92
16.59
19.46
31.88
No.4
C
D
E
F
G
H1
8.51
10.16
12.07
15.88
11.7
14.6
16.7
20.2
1.8
2.0
2.4
3.7
1.5
2.0
2.4
3.0
3.97
4.45
5.08
7.00
30.8
37.0
44.8
66.8
No.107
Breaking Load
FB Newtons
Min
No.26
www.renold.com engineering excellence
23430
29430
37280
53000
Weight
kg/m
No No No No
4
107 26 11
1.35
1.98
2.5
4.8
-
No.11
23
Syno Polymer Bush Chain
08 B
Outdoor or wash down
environments
Environments where lubrication may
contaminate products
Environments where lubrication may
cause contaminants to stick to the
chain and possibly get into bearing
areas, seizing up the chain
Car assembly plants or steel mills
Forestry, saw mills or paper mills
Textile plants
Mixers
With a corrosion resistant surface
treatment adding to the variety of
applications it can cope with, Renold
Syno Polymer Bush chain is a truly
versatile product.
SYNERGY
1
For higher loads and more heavy-duty applications, the Renold Syno Polymer Bush range
takes on the serious business of wear and fatigue resistance through the addition of a
polymer sleeve between the pin and bush. This highly durable and wear resistant polymer –
specifically developed for Renold – as well as a polymer roller that has been tested for impact
resistance and load capabilities means that the chain can be operated without any
lubrication. Available in 28B – 40B and ideal for applications where it is not possible or not
advisable to lubricate a chain, Renold Syno Polymer Bush chain can be considered for:
A
A
D
BS Standard Syno Polymer Bush
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
Technical Details (mm)
ISO
No
Connecting Links
Pitch Pitch Inside
Inch mm Width
Min
Roller
Dia
Max
Plate
Plate
Height Width
Max
Inner
Max
Plate
Width
Outer
Max
Pin
Dia
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
A
C
D
E
F
G
H1
J
27.94
29.21
39.37
37.08
42.29
52.96
7.62
7.11
8.13
6.35
6.35
8.13
12.71
14.29
19.85
64.2
63.4
78.2
6.8
8.0
9.5
A
B
520147 28B-1 1.75 44.45 30.99
520166 32B-1 2.0 50.8 30.99
520206 40B-1 2.25 63.5 39.30
Transverse ISO
Pitch
Breaking
Nom
Load FB in N
Min
-
200000
250000
355000
Mass
with
polymer
roller
kg/m
8.1
9.0
14.3
No
11
No
107
BS Standard Syno Polymer Bush - Duplex
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
Technical Details (mm)
ISO
No
Connecting Links
Pitch Pitch Inside
Inch mm Width
Min
Roller
Dia
Max
Plate
Plate
Height Width
Max
Inner
Max
Plate
Width
Outer
Max
Pin
Dia
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
A
C
D
E
F
G
H1
J
27.94
29.21
39.37
37.08
42.29
52.96
7.62
7.11
8.13
6.35
6.35
8.13
A
B
524147 28B-2 1.75 44.45 30.99
524166 32B-2 2.0 50.8 30.99
524206 40B-2 2.25 63.5 39.30
No.107
24
12.71 123.7
14.29 122.0
19.85 150.5
6.8
8.0
9.5
Transverse ISO
Pitch
Breaking
Nom
Load FB in N
Min
Mass
with
polymer
roller
kg/m
59.56
58.55
72.29
16.0
17.9
28.4
No. 11/58
engineering excellence www.renold.com
360000
450000
694000
No
11
No
107
Stainless Steel Chain
1
Renold roller chain is manufactured using Class 300 Series
stainless steel specification. These chains are ideal for acidic or
alkaline environments, or where the chain will be exposed to water,
and for very high or very low temperature locations, -40˚ to
+400˚C where resistance to corrosion is a requirement.
Renold chain should be selected when resistance to chemical
action is critical. Renold is manufactured using FDA approved
material and is prelubricated with USDA H1 approved lubricant.
Renold BS Standard Stainless Steel Chain - Simplex
Chain
Technical Details
Renold ISO
Chain No
No
Pitch Pitch Inside
Inch mm Width
Min
Roller
Dia
Max
Plate
Plate
Height Width
Max
Inner
Max
Plate
Width
Outer
Max
Pin
Dia
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
Trans
Pitch
Nom
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H1
J
K
0.375
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
9.525
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
5.72
7.75
9.65
11.68
17.02
6.35
8.51
10.16
12.07
15.88
8.26
11.81
14.73
16.1
21.08
1.25
1.5
1.5
1.76
3.7
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.76
3.0
3.28
4.45
5.08
5.72
8.28
12.5
16.5
18.8
21.9
34.9
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.1
2.2
185302
181707
180280
185634
187900
06B-1
08B-1
10B-1
12B-1
16B-1
Connecting Links
-
Breaking Load
FB Newtons #
Min
6850
12000
14700
18640
43160
Weight
kg/m
No No No No
4 107 26 11
0.41
0.7
0.95
1.25
2.7
Renold BS Standard Stainless Steel Chain - Duplex
Chain
Technical Details
Renold ISO
Chain No
No
Pitch Pitch Inside
Inch mm Width
Min
Roller
Dia
Max
Plate
Plate
Height Width
Max
Inner
Max
Plate
Width
Outer
Max
Pin
Dia
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
Trans
Pitch
Nom
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H2
J
K
0.375
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
9.525
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
5.72
7.75
9.65
11.68
17.02
6.35
8.51
10.16
12.07
15.88
8.26
11.81
14.73
16.1
21.08
1.25
1.5
1.5
1.76
3.7
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.76
3.0
3.28
4.45
5.08
5.72
8.28
23.0
30.4
35.4
41.4
66.8
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.1
2.2
185122
185125
185126
185127
185128
06B-2
08B-2
10B-2
12B-2
16B-2
Connecting Links
10.24
13.92
16.59
19.46
31.88
Breaking Load
FB Newtons #
Min
12150
23540
29400
37280
86320
Weight
kg/m
No No No No
4 107 26 11
0.78
1.35
1.85
2.5
5.4
# These are minimum breaking loads. RENOLD does not consider breaking load to be a good indicator of performance, as it overlooks the principal factors of wear
and fatigue.
No.4
No.107
No.26
www.renold.com engineering excellence
No.11
25
Sovereign BS Chain
Superior abrasion resistance ISO 606
The bearing pin on Renold Sovereign features a surface conditioning which, when combined
with the strictly-controlled geometric features of the bush, takes the performance of Renold
chain to new levels of endurance in harsh environments.
As a result, Renold Sovereign provides a greater resistance to wear in adverse conditions such
as dirty, dusty and abrasive environments including applications such as brick manufacturing,
roof tile production and processes involving ceramic or cement dust or debris.
1
Applications include:
Agricultural machinery
Brick manufacture
Ceramics
Cementitious environments
Metal working
Roof tile production
Product features and benefits include:
Resilient, durable components
Up to three times longer wear life than standard
chain in harsh environments
Up to two times longer wear life than low
maintenance chain in harsh environments
Reduced pin wear
Suitable for high speed or heavy load
applications
Excellent reliability giving reduced maintenance
costs
Ideal for situations of irregular or restricted
maintenance
Renold Sovereign (BS) Standard Chain
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
Technical Details
ISO
No
Connecting Links
Pitch
Inch
Pitch Inside Roller Inner
mm Width Dia
Plate
Min
Max
Height
Max
Plate
Width
Inner
Max
Plate
Width
Outer
Max
Pin
Dia
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
Breaking
Load
FB Newtons
Min
Weight
kg/m
No
4
No No No No
12 26 30 107
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
12.7
7.75 8.51
15.875 9.65 10.16
19.05 11.68 12.07
25.4
17.02 15.88
11.81
14.73
16.13
21.08
1.55
1.55
1.80
4.12
1.55
1.55
1.80
3.10
H1
4.45
5.08
5.72
8.28
16.5
18.8
21.9
34.9
1.5
1.3
1.1
2.2
17800
22200
28900
60000
0.70
0.92
1.20
2.80
-
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
12.7
7.75 8.51
15.875 9.65 10.16
19.05 11.68 12.07
25.4
17.02 15.88
11.81
14.73
16.13
21.08
1.55
1.55
1.80
4.12
1.55
1.55
1.80
3.10
H2
4.45
5.08
5.72
8.28
30.4
35.4
41.4
66.8
1.5
1.3
1.1
2.2
31100
44500
57800
106000
1.38
1.80
2.40
5.50
-
08B-3 0.5
10B-3 0.625
12B-3 0.75
12.7
7.75 8.51
15.875 9.65 10.16
19.05 11.68 12.07
11.81
14.73
16.13
1.55
1.55
1.80
1.55
1.55
1.80
H3
4.45
5.08
5.72
44.3
52.0
60.9
1.5
1.3
1.1
44500
66700
86700
2.06
2.54
3.60
-
Simplex
110846
110856
110866
110888
08B-1
10B-1
12B-1
16B-1
Duplex
114846
114856
114866
114888
08B-2
10B-2
12B-2
16B-2
Triplex
116846
116856
116866
FB = AXIAL BREAKING FORCE
No.4
26
No. 12
No.26
No.30
engineering excellence www.renold.com
No.107
Hydro-Service BS Chain
Superior corrosion prevention
Renold Hydro-Service® chains are treated with a mechanical zinc plating process with additional coatings
applied for extra corrosion protection. The corrosion resistance of this coating in many wet, humid, saltwater
or other moisture-related applications is far superior to standard nickel or zinc plating. Unlike some products
treated in a smiliar way for corrosion resistance, Renold Hydro-Service® chain is hexavalent chrome-free,
ensuring that it is safe and also environmentally friendly. This coating can be applied to standard or adapted,
BS or ANSI chain. All components of the Hydro-Service® chain are treated prior to assembly in order to
achieve full coverage and protection to all vital surfaces, not just those visible external surfaces.
This helps to improve chain wear life and protect against corrosion-related pin and bush failures.
Unlike nickel or zinc platings, the Hydro-Service® treatment will not chip or peel. This extremely durable
coating will continue to provide exceptional protection where other treatments fail.
1
Product features include:
Excellent corrosion resistance
Hexavalent chrome-free
More than 30 times the corrosion protection
compared with conventional surface treatments
No hydrogen embrittlement failures
More economical than stainless steel chain
Same strength and working load values as standard carbon steel chain
Potential applications:
Sea water environments
Meat and poultry processing plants
Vegetable processing plants
Seafood processing plants
Beverage plants
Washdown equipment
Outdoor applications
Hydro-Service BS Base Chain Data - Simplex
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
530038
530046
530056
530066
530088
530106
530127
Technical Details
ISO
No
06B-1
08B-1
10B-1
12B-1
16B-1
20B-1
24B-1
Connecting Links
Pitch Pitch Inside Roller Plate Plate
Inch mm Width Dia
Height Width
Min Max Max Inner
Max
Plate Pin
Width Dia
Outer Max
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con Trans
Link Pitch
Extra
Max
A
E
F
H1
J
K
1.3
1.55
1.55
1.8
4.12
4.62
6.1
1.04 3.28 13.5
1.55 4.45 17.0
1.55 5.08 18.8
1.8
5.72 21.9
3.10 8.28 36.1
3.61 10.19 43.2
5.08 14.63 53.4
3.3
3.9
1.3
1.1
5.4
6.1
6.6
-
0.375
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
A
9.525
12.7
15.88
19.05
25.4
31.75
38.1
B
C
D
5.72
7.75
9.65
11.68
17.02
19.56
25.4
6.35
8.51
10.16
12.07
15.88
19.05
25.4
8.26
11.81
14.73
16.13
21.08
26.42
33.4
G
Breaking Load Weight
kg/m
FB Newtons
Min
8900
17800
22200
28900
60000
95000
160000
0.39
0.7
0.92
1.2
2.8
3.85
7.45
No No No No No No
4 107 11 12 26 30
-
-
Hydro-Service BS Base Chain Data - Duplex
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
534038
534046
534056
534066
534088
534106
534127
Technical Details
ISO
No
06B-2
08B-2
10B-2
12B-2
16B-2
20B-2
24B-2
No.4
Connecting Links
Pitch Pitch Inside Roller Plate Plate
Inch mm Width Dia
Height Width
Min Max Max Inner
Max
Plate Pin
Width Dia
Outer Max
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con Trans
Link Pitch
Extra
Max
A
E
F
H2
J
K
1.3
1.55
1.55
1.8
4.12
4.62
6.1
1.04 3.28 23.0
1.55 4.45 30.4
1.55 5.08 35.4
1.8
5.72 41.4
3.1
8.28 68.0
3.61 10.19 76.7
5.08 14.63 101.3
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.1
5.4
2.7
6.8
10.24
13.92
16.59
19.46
31.88
36.45
48.36
0.375
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
A
9.525
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
31.75
38.1
B
C
D
5.72
7.75
9.65
11.68
17.02
19.56
25.4
6.35
8.51
10.16
12.07
15.88
19.05
25.4
8.26
11.81
14.73
16.13
21.08
26.42
33.4
No.107
No.11
G
Breaking Load Weight
kg/m
FB Newtons
Min
16900
31100
44500
57800
106000
170000
280000
No. 12
www.renold.com engineering excellence
0.74
1.38
1.8
2.4
5.5
7.8
14.8
No.26
No No No No No No
4 107 11 12 26 30
-
-
No.30
27
Transmission Straight Side Plate
ISO 606
1
Straight Side Plate - Simplex
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
110047
110057
110067
110080
110120
110140
110160
Technical Details
ISO
No
08B-1
10B-1
12B-1
16B-1
24B-1
28B-1
32B-1
Connecting Links
Pitch Pitch
Inch mm
Inside
Width
Min
Roller
Dia
Max
Plate
Plate
Height Width
Max
Inner
Max
Plate Pin
Width Dia
Outer Max
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
Weight No No No No No No
Trans FB
Pitch Newtons kg/m
4 107 26 30 11/58 12
Nom Min
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H1
J
K
12.7
15.88
19.05
25.4
38.1
44.45
50.8
7.75
9.65
11.68
17.02
25.4
30.99
30.99
8.51
10.16
12.07
15.88
25.4
27.94
29.21
11.81
14.7
15.93
24.06
35.75
41.68
47.6
1.55
1.55
1.8
4.12
6.1
7.62
7.11
1.55
1.55
1.8
3.1
5.08
6.35
6.35
4.45
5.08
5.72
8.28
14.63
15.9
17.81
17.0
19.6
22.7
36.1
53.4
65.1
67.4
3.9
4.1
4.6
5.4
6.6
7.4
7.9
-
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
1.5
1.75
2.0
17800
22200
28900
60000
160000
200000
250000
0.7
0.92
1.2
3.45
7.45
9.35
10.1
-
-
-
Straight Side Plate - Duplex
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
114047
114057
114067
114080
114120
Technical Details
ISO
No
08B-2
10B-2
12B-2
16B-2
24B-2
Connecting Links
Pitch Pitch
Inch mm
Inside
Width
Min
Roller
Dia
Max
Plate
Plate
Height Width
Max
Inner
Max
Plate Pin
Width Dia
Outer Max
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
Weight No No No No No No
Trans FB
Pitch Newtons kg/m
4 107 26 30 11/58 12
Nom Min
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H2
J
K
12.7
15.88
19.05
25.4
38.1
7.75
9.65
11.68
17.02
25.4
8.51
10.16
12.07
15.88
25.4
11.81
14.7
15.93
24.0
35.75
1.55
1.55
1.8
4.12
6.1
1.55
1.55
1.8
3.1
5.08
4.45
5.08
5.72
8.28
14.63
31.0
36.2
42.2
68.0
101.8
3.9
4.1
4.6
5.4
6.6
13.92
16.59
19.46
31.88
48.36
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
1.5
31000
44500
57800
106000
280000
1.38
1.8
2.4
5.5
14.8
-
-
-
Straight Side Plate - Triplex
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
116048
116080
Technical Details
ISO
No
08B-3
16B-3
Connecting Links
Pitch Pitch
Inch mm
Inside
Width
Min
Roller
Dia
Max
Plate
Plate
Height Width
Max
Inner
Max
Plate Pin
Width Dia
Outer Max
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
Weight No No No No No No
Trans FB
Pitch Newtons kg/m
4 107 26 30 11/58 12
Nom Min
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H3
J
K
0.5
1.0
12.7
25.4
7.75
17.02
8.51
15.88
11.81
24.06
1.55
4.12
1.55
3.1
4.45
8.28
44.9
99.9
3.9
5.4
13.92
31.88
445000
160000
2.06
10.12
-
-
FB = AXIAL BREAKING FORCE
No.4
28
No.107
No.26
No.30
engineering excellence www.renold.com
No. 11/58
No. 12
-
BS Nickel Plated Chain
ISO 606
1
Chain
Technical Details
Renold
Chain
No
ISO
No
Connecting Links
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
Inside Roller Plate
Plate
Width Dia
Height Width
Min
Max
Max
Inner
Max
Plate Pin Pin
Width Dia Len
Outer Max Max
Max
Con Trans FB
Weight
Link Pitch Newtons kg/m
Extra Max
Min
Max
A
A
B
F
H1
J
13.5
17.0
18.8
22.7
36.1
53.4
65.1
67.4
3.3
3.9
4.1
4.6
5.4
6.6
7.4
7.9
-
8900
17800
22200
28900
60000
160000
200000
250000
0.39
0.70
0.92
1.20
2.80
7.45
9.35
10.10
-
-
5.72 42.2
8.28 68
4.6
5.4
19.46
31.88
57800
106000
2.40
5.50
-
-
5.4
31.88
160000
8.15
-
-
C
D
E
G
No No No No No No
4 107 26 11 12 30
K
Nickel Plated BS Standard - Simplex
550038
550046
550056
550066
550088
550127
550147
550166
06B-1
08B-1
10B-1
12B-1
16B-1
24B-1
28B-1
32B-1
0.375
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
1.5
1.75
2.0
9.525
12.7
15.87
19.05
25.4
38.1
44.45
50.8
5.72
7.75
9.65
11.68
17.02
25.40
30.99
30.99
6.35
8.51
10.16
12.07
15.88
25.40
27.94
29.21
8.26
11.81
14.73
16.13
21.08
33.40
37.08
42.29
1.30
1.55
1.55
1.80
4.12
6.10
7.62
7.11
1.04
1.55
1.55
1.80
3.10
5.08
6.35
6.35
3.28
4.45
5.08
5.72
8.28
14.63
15.90
17.81
Nickel Plated BS Standard - Duplex
554066
554088
12B-2 0.75
16B-2 1.0
19.05
25.4
11.68
17.02
12.07
15.88
16.13
21.08
1.80
4.12
1.80
3.10
Nickel Plated BS Standard - Triplex
556088
16B-3 1.0
25.4
17.02
15.88
21.08
4.12
3.10
8.28 99.9
FB = AXIAL BREAKING FORCE
No.4
No.107
No.26
No.11
www.renold.com engineering excellence
No.12
No.30
29
Cranked Link Chain
A
G
1
B
H
C
F
Pitch
Pitch
D
Cranked Link Chain
Chain
Technical Details
Renold
Chain
No
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
Roller
Dia
Plate
Thickness
A
A
C
F
50.800
52.553
78.105
78.105
77.902
88.900
103.200
103.200
103.454
103.886
114.300
127.000
127.000
152.400
28.575
22.225
31.750
31.750
41.275
44.450
44.450
44.450
45.244
47.625
57.150
63.500
63.500
76.200
IS2065
JS882
JS1031
JS3075
JS3011
JS3514
JS4014
JS4106
JS1245A
IS4121
IS4522
JS5031
1605AAA
JS6042
2.000
2.069
3.075
3.075
3.067
3.500
4.063
4.063
4.073
4.090
4.500
5.000
5.000
6.000
7.938
6.350
7.938
9.525
9.525
12.700
12.700
12.700
14.288
14.288
14.288
15.875
19.050
19.050
Plate
Height
39.243
28.575
38.100
42.863
57.150
57.150
57.150
57.150
60.325
69.850
76.200
88.900
88.900
101.600
Pin
Dia
Pin
Length
G
H
15.062
11.113
15.875
16.434
19.050
22.250
22.250
22.250
23.800
25.349
27.915
31.750
34.925
38.100
73.819
62.706
83.344
89.694
89.694
102.394
111.919
111.919
121.444
118.269
125.413
146.844
161.925
174.625
FB= AXIAL BREAKING FORCE
* Average breaking load in lbs
No. 59
30
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Breaking
Load*
65,000
26,000
48,000
75,000
110,000
140,000
140,000
70,000
170,000
210,000
220,000
280,000
350,000
420,000
Weight
kg/m
11.307
5.356
10.861
13.390
19.490
25.739
22.912
23.207
27.822
35.707
37.195
53.561
64.720
69.034
Hollow Pin Chain
Renold Hollow Pin Chain is designed for long wear life in light conveyor applications.
The hollow pin has a versatile design capability and provides for the fitment of a wide variety of attachments.
SIMPLEX
1
I
Hollow Pin Chain BS Dimensions
Chain
Technical Details
Connecting Links
Renold
Chain
No
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
Inside
Width
Min
Roller
Dia
Max
Plate
Height
Max
Plate
Width
Inner
Max
Plate
Width
Outer
Max
Pin
Bore
Min
Pin
Length
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
W
H1
J
1.51
1.51
4.5
16.5
1.1
1.51
1.51
4.58
16.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
6.0
7.05
8.2
8.2
8.2
30.8
30.8
26.0
26.0
26.0
Breaking
Load FB
Newtons
Min
Weight
kg/m
No
4
No
26
12000
0.66
1.1
10500
0.61
1.3
1.3
4.0
4.0
4.0
70000
40000
60000
60000
60000
2.22
2.2
2.2
2.1
1.5
Simplex - Bush Chain
187120
0.5
12.7
7.75
8.51
12.1
Simplex - Stainless Steel Chain
187111
0.5
12.7
7.75
8.51
12.5
Simplex - Bush Roller Chain
187124
187123
187127
187128
187129
1.0
25.4
1.0
25.4
1.968 50.0
2.0
50.8
3.937 100.0
12.7
12.7
10
10
10
15.88
15.88
30.0
30.0
30.0
23.0
23.0
27.5
25.5
25.5
No.4
No.26
www.renold.com engineering excellence
31
BS Double Pitch Chain & Bush Chain
1
Transmission Simplex Double Pitch Chain
ISO 1275
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
Technical Details
Pitch Pitch Inside Roller
Inch mm
Width Dia
Min
Max
ISO
No
B
Plate Plate
Height Width
Max
Inner
Max
Plate Pin
Width Dia
Outer Max
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Weight
Con Trans FB
Link Pitch Newtons kg/m
Extra
Min
Max
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
Connecting Links
No No No No No
4
107 11 58 12
No
30
A
A
113083* 208B
113103* 210B
113123* 212B
1.0
1.25
1.50
25.4
7.75
31.75 9.65
38.1 11.68
8.51
10.16
12.07
11.43
13.72
15.88
1.55
1.55
1.8
1.55
1.55
1.8
4.45
5.08
5.72
16.6
19.6
22.7
3.9
4.1
4.6
-
19000
23000
30500
0.53
0.66
0.90
-
-
113168
113203
113243
216B
220B
224B
2.0
2.50
3.0
50.8
63.5
76.2
17.02
19.56
25.4
15.88
19.05
25.4
20.83
24.64
33.53
4.12
4.12
6.1
3.1
3.61
5.08
8.28
10.19
14.63
36.1
43.2
53.4
5.4
6.1
6.6
-
67000
98070
166700
1.80
2.45
4.80
-
-
113323
232B
4.0
101.6
30.99
29.21
40.13
7.11
6.35
17.81
67.4
7.9
-
255000
5.95
-
-
-
FB = AXIAL BREAKING FORCE
* STRAIGHT SIDEPLATE
No.4
No.107
No.11/58
No.12
No.30
ISO 606 B Series
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
Technical Details
Pitch Pitch Bush
Inch mm Dia
Max
A
A
B
Inside Plate Inner
Width Height Plate
Min Max
Thickness
Max
Outer
Pin
Plate
Dia
Thickness Extra
Max
Max
C
D
Pin
Length
Max
Con
Link
Min
Connecting Links
Trans Tensile
Weight No No No No No No
Pitch Strength kg/m
4
107 11 12 26 30
E
Bush Chain Simplex (Standard Chain Without Rollers)
120038
120046
120056
120066
120088
120106
120127
120147
120166
120206
120245
0.375
0.50
0.625
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.50
3.00
9.53
12.70
15.88
19.05
25.40
31.75
38.10
44.45
50.80
63.50
76.20
4.71
6.35
7.25
8.64
11.44
13.37
18.42
20.35
22.15
29.98
37.34
5.72
7.75
9.65
11.68
17.02
19.56
25.40
30.99
30.99
38.10
45.72
8.26
11.81
14.73
16.13
21.08
26.42
33.40
37.08
42.29
52.96
63.88
1.30
1.55
1.55
1.80
4.12
4.62
6.10
7.62
7.11
8.64
12.19
1.04
1.55
1.55
1.80
3.10
3.61
5.08
6.35
6.35
8.13
10.16
3.28
4.45
5.08
5.72
8.28
10.19
14.63
15.90
17.81
22.89
29.24
13.5
17.0
19.6
22.7
36.1
43.2
53.4
65.1
67.4
82.6
99.1
13.72
12.45
34.30
221.20
11000
19000
23000
30500
67000
98070
166700
200000
255000
372700
400350
0.3
0.55
0.68
0.88
2.22
3.07
5.49
6.55
8.17
13.42
21.36
-
-
-
-
11.7 106.60 1112050
62.25
-
-
-
-
3.3
3.9
4.1
4.6
5.4
6.1
6.6
7.4
7.9
10.2
10.5
-
Bush Chain Duplex
124281
3.50
88.90 43.21
53.34
77.85
FB = AXIAL BREAKING FORCE
No.4
No.11/58
No.12
No.26
No.30
No.107
Available for
all chains
32
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Sidebow Transmission Chain
Renold Sidebow Chain
Technical Data
Application: Renold sidebow chain is used on curved track
conveyors in the bottling, packaging, canning and
textile industries. Some typical applications for this
chain are:
1
To operate a live-roll conveyor on a power curve.
To carry materials around a curve by use of
attachments or slats.
To transmit power where abnormal chain twist may
be encountered.
Product Description
Renold sidebow chain is based on the ANSI and British Standard
chain of its respected pitch size. The design of the chain requires a
special pin diameter resulting in greater clearance between the pin
and bush, allowing the chain to bow.
Attachments can be supplied for this chain, but are made to order.
Selection of the chain is not covered in our selection procedures
and we advise you to consult our technical staff with the details of
your application.
Chain should be protected against dirt/moisture and be lubricated
with good quality non-detergent petroleum based oil. Renold
Sidebow Chain is pre-lubricated before despatch, but like all chain it
needs regular re-lubrication during its working life.
For the majority of applications between -5°C and 60°C, a range of
multigrade SAE 20/50 oil would be suitable. Special lubrication or
coatings can be provided to match your applicational needs.
Chain
Technical Details
ISO Renold
No Chain
No
Pitch
inch
Pitch
mm
Inside
Width
Min
Roller
Dia
Max
Plate
Plate Plate
Height Width Width
Max
Inner Outer
Max Max
Pin
Dia
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
Bow
FB
Weight
Radius Newton kg/m
Min**
A
A
B
C
D
5.72
6.35
0.375
9.52
Connecting Links
No
4
No
11
No
26
E
F
G
H
J
R
8.26
1.3
1.3
3.28
13.5
3.3
195
9000
0.39
-
184110
-
184111# 0.50
12.7
7.85
7.95
11.89
1.55
1.55
3.42
17.0
3.9
350
13000
0.58
-
184112
0.50
12.7
7.75
8.51
11.89
1.55
1.55
4.45
17.0
3.9
400
19000
0.69
-
184113
0.625
15.875
9.65
10.16
13.72
1.55
1.55
4.70
18.7
4.1
450
22400
0.85
-
184114
0.75
19.05
11.68
12.07
15.93
1.8
1.8
5.72
22.7
4.6
650
29000
1.18
-
184115
1.0
25.4
17.02
15.88
20.57
4.12
3.1
8.27
36.1
5.4
750
65000
2.50
-
184116† 1.25
31.75
9.53
10.16
15.00
2.0
2.0
4.45
21.8
4.1
650
222000
0.69
** To convert to ‘lbf’, multiply by 0.2248. #Based on ANSI 40 chain. †Based on ANSI 2050 extended pitch chain.
Sidebow chain, unlike standard chain, is manufactured with larger clearances between the pin and bush diameters. Therefore, the tolerance over a length of chain is +0.3%
and not +0.15% as for standard chain.
No.4
No.11
www.renold.com engineering excellence
No.26
33
Synergy® - ANSI Transmission Chain
ISO606 / ANSI B29.100
08 B
SYNERGY
1
A
A
D
Renold Synergy® ANSI Simplex Transmission Chain
Chain
Technical Details (mm)
Renold ISO
Chain No
No
ANSI Pitch
No
Inch
129037* 06A-1 35
Connecting Links
Pitch
mm
Inside Roller Plate Plate
Width Dia
Height Width
Min
Max
Max
Inner
Max
Plate Pin
Width Dia
Outer Max
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
ISO606 Weight No No No No No No No
Tensile kg/m
4 107 11 26 58 12 30
Strength
Min
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H1
J
(N) ‡
0.375
9.525
4.68
5.08*
9.05
1.25
1.25
3.58
12
1.1
7900
7.85
0.35
-
-
0.5
12.7
7.92
12.07
1.55
1.55
3.98
16.4
1.4
13900
0.6
-
119057
10A-1 50
0.625
15.875 9.4
10.16
15.09
2.03
2.03
5.09
20.4
1.1
21800
1
-
119067
12A-1 60
0.75
19.05
12.57
11.91
18.1
2.39
2.39
5.96
25.3
1.1
31300
1.47
-
119087
16A-1 80
1.0
25.4
15.75
15.88
24.13
3.25
3.25
7.94
32.7
3
55600
2.8
-
-
119047 08A-1
40
119107
20A-1 100
1.25
31.75
18.9
19.05
30.17
4.06
4.06
9.54
39.7
4.2
87000
4.2
-
-
119127
24A-1 120
1.5
38.1
25.23
22.23
36.2
4.8
4.8
11.11
49.3
5.3
125000
5.7
-
-
119147 28A-1
140
1.75
44.45
25.23
25.4
42.23
5.61
5.61
12.71
52.9
5.2
170000
7.8
-
-
119167 32A-1
160
2
50.8
31.55
28.58
48.26
6.35
6.35
14.29
63.1
6.5
223000
10.4
-
-
* BUSH CHAIN
‡ RENOLD SYNERGY FAR EXCEEDS THE ISO606 MINIMUM TENSILE STRENGTH REQUIREMENT, BUT RENOLD DO NOT CONSIDER THAT THIS FIGURE
PROVIDES A USEFUL INDICATOR TO THE KEY CHAIN PERFORMANCE AREAS OF WEAR AND FATIGUE.
link no. 4
34
link no. 107
link no. 11/58
link no. 26
engineering excellence www.renold.com
link no. 12
link no. 30
link no. 4
link no. 26
link no. 107
link no. 12
link no. 11/58
link no. 30
1
SYNERGY
08 B
Synergy® - ANSI Transmission Chain
ISO606 / ANSI B29.100
A
A
D
Renold Synergy® ANSI Duplex Transmission Chain
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
Technical Details (mm)
ISO
No
ANSI Pitch
No
Inch
A
Connecting Links
Pitch
mm
Inside Roller Plate Plate Plate Pin
Width Dia
Height Width Width Dia
Min
Max Max Outer Max Max
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con Trans ISO606 Weight No No No No No No No
Link Pitch Tensile kg/m
4 107 11 26 58 12 30
Extra Nom Strength
Min
A
B
H2
J
D
E
F
G
K
(N) ‡
4.68
5.08*
9.05
1.25
1.25
3.58
22.2
1.1
10.13
15800
0.7
-
-
7.85
7.92
12.07
1.55
1.55
3.98
30.8
1.4
14.38
27800
1.2
-
9.4
10.16
15.09
2.03
2.03
5.09
38.4
1.1
18.11
43600
2.1
-
18.1
2.39
2.39
5.96
48.1
1.1
22.78
62600
3.05
-
24.13
3.25
3.25
7.94
61.9
3
29.29
111200
5.5
-
-
8.4
-
-
-
15.5
-
-
20.6
-
-
125037* 06A-2 35-2
0.375
115047
08A-2 40-2
0.5
115057
10A-2 50-2
0.625 15.875
115067
12A-2 60-2
0.75
19.05
12.57 11.91
115087
16A-2 80-2
1.0
25.4
15.75 15.88
115107
20A-2 100-2 1.25
31.75
18.9
30.17
4.06
4.06
9.54
75.4
4.2
35.76
174000
115127
24A-2 120-2 1.5
38.1
25.23 22.23
36.2
4.8
4.8
11.11
94.7
5.3
45.44
250000
11
115147
28A-2 140-2 1.75
44.45
25.23 25.4
42.23
5.61
5.61 12.71 101.8
5.2
48.87
340000
115167
32A-2 160-2 2
50.8
31.55 28.58
48.26
6.35
6.35 14.29 121.6
6.5
58.55
446000
Renold
9.525
C
12.7
Synergy®
Chain
19.05
ANSI Triplex Transmission Chain
Technical Details (mm)
Renold ISO
Chain No
No
ANSI Pitch
No
Inch
A
-
Connecting Links
Pitch
mm
Inside Roller Plate Plate Plate Pin
Width Dia
Height Width Width Dia
Min
Max Max Inner Max Max
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con Trans ISO606 Weight No No No No No No No
Link Pitch Tensile kg/m
4 107 11 26 58 12 30
Extra Nom Strength
Min
A
B
H3
J
9.525
C
D
E
F
G
K
4.68
5.08*
9.05
1.25
1.25
3.58
32.2
1.1
10.13
23700
1.05
-
-
7.85
7.92
12.07
1.55
1.55
3.98
45.1
1.4
14.38
41700
1.85
-
9.4
10.16
15.09
2.03
2.03
5.09
56.5
1.1
18.11
65400
3.15
-
18.1
2.39
2.39
5.96
70.9
1.1
22.78
93900
4.55
-
24.13
3.25
3.25
7.94
91.2
3
29.29
166800
8.3
-
-
-
261000
12.6
-
-
-
375000
16.7
-
-
-
510000
23.1
-
-
-
669000
31
-
-
-
127037* 06A-3 35-3
0.375
117047
08A-3 40-3
0.5
117057
10A-3 50-3
0.625 15.875
117067
12A-3 60-3
0.75
19.05
12.57 11.91
117087
16A-3 80-3
1.0
25.4
15.75 15.88
117107
20A-3 100-3 1.25
31.75
18.9
30.17
4.06
4.06
9.54 111.2
4.2
35.76
117127
24A-3 120-3 1.5
38.1
25.23 22.23
36.2
4.8
4.8
11.11 140.2
5.3
45.44
117147
28A-3 140-3 1.75
44.45
25.23 25.4
42.23
5.61
5.61 12.71 150.7
5.2
48.87
117167
32A-3 160-3 2
50.8
31.55 28.58
48.26
6.35
6.35 14.29 180.2
6.5
58.55
12.7
(N) ‡
19.05
* BUSH CHAIN
‡ RENOLD SYNERGY FAR EXCEEDS THE ISO606 MINIMUM TENSILE STRENGTH REQUIREMENT, BUT RENOLD DO NOT CONSIDER THAT THIS FIGURE
PROVIDES A USEFUL INDICATOR TO THE KEY CHAIN PERFORMANCE AREAS OF WEAR AND FATIGUE.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
35
w
A&S ANSI Transmission Chain
1
A&S ANSI Standard Simplex Transmission Chain
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
Technical Details (mm)
ISO
No
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
Inside Roller
Width Dia
Min Max
Plate
Plate
Height Width
Max
Inner
Max
Plate
Width
Outer
Max
Pin
Dia
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
Trans
Pitch
Norm
ISO606 Weight
Tensile kg/m
Strength
Min
A
A
B
D
F
G
H1
J
K
(N) ‡
C
E
No No No No
4 7 26 30
100 00 83
03C-1 0.25
6.35
3.10
3.30
6.00
0.73
0.73
2.31
9.10
2.50
-
3500
0.13
100 00 86
06C-1 0.375
9.525
4.68
5.08
9.00
1.25
1.25
3.58
13.20
3.30
-
7900
0.35
100 00 90
08A-1
0.500
12.70
7.85
7.95
12.00
1.50
1.50
3.96
17.80
3.90
-
13900
0.60
100 00 95** 10A-1
0.625
15.875
9.40
10.16
15.00
2.00
2.00
5.08
21.80
4.10
-
21800
1.00
100 02 49
0.625
15.875
9.40
10.16
14.50
2.40
2.40
5.08
22.00
4.10
-
36800
1.20
-
100 01 02** 12A-1
0.750
19.05
12.57 11.91
18.00
2.40
2.40
5.94
26.90
4.60
-
31300
1.50
100 01 00
-
0.750
19.05
12.57 11.91
17.40
3.17
3.17
5.94
28.60
4.60
-
31300
1.80
100 08 86
-
0.750
19.05
12.57 11.91
17.40
3.17
3.17
5.94
28.60
4.60
-
55000
1.80
100 01 10
16B-1 1.000
25.40
15.75 15.88
24.10
3.00
3.00
7.92
33.50
5.40
-
55600
2.60
100 01 09
-
1.000
25.40
15.75 15.88
23.00
4.00
4.00
7.92
35.80
5.40
-
55600
2.95
100 08 87
-
1.000
25.40
15.75 15.88
23.00
4.00
4.00
7.92
35.80
5.40
-
80000
2.95
100 01 16
20A-1
1.250
31.75
18.90 19.05
30.10
4.00
4.00
9.53
41.10
6.10
-
87000
3.70
-
100 07 91
-
1.250
31.75
18.90 19.05
28.90
4.80
4.80
9.53
42.60
6.10
-
87000
4.40
-
100 01 20
24A-1
1.500
38.10
25.22 22.23
36.20
4.80
4.80
11.10
50.80
6.10
-
125000
5.50
-
100 01 24
28A-1
1.750
44.45
25.22 25.40
42.20
5.60
5.60
12.70
54.90
7.40
-
170000
7.50
-
100 01 26
32A-1
2.000
50.80
31.55 28.58
48.20
6.30
6.30
14.27
65.50
7.90
-
223000
9.70
-
100 09 14
40A-1
2.500
63.50
37.85 39.68
60.30
8.10
8.10
19.84
80.30
10.00
-
347000
15.80
-
-
link no. 4
36
Connecting Links
link no. 107
link no. 26
engineering excellence www.renold.com
link no. 30
w
A&S ANSI Transmission Chain
link no. 4
link no. 26
link no. 30
link no. 107
1
A&S ANSI Standard Duplex Transmission Chain
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
Technical Details (mm)
ISO
No
Connecting Links
Pitch
Inch
Pitch Inside
mm Width
Min
Roller
Dia
Max
Plate
Plate
Height Width
Max
Inner
Max
Plate
Width
Outer
Max
Pin
Dia
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
Trans
Pitch
Norm
ISO606 Weight
Tensile kg/m
Strength
Min
A
A
B
C
D
F
G
H2
J
K
(N) ‡
E
No No No No
4 7 26 30
100 00 84
04C-2
0.25
6.35
3.10
3.30
6.00
0.73
0.73
2.31
15.50 2.50
6.40
7000
0.26
100 00 87
06C-2
0.375
9.525 4.68
5.08
9.00
1.25
1.25
3.58
23.40 3.30
10.13
15800
0.70
100 00 91
08A-2
0.500
12.70 7.85
7.95
12.00
1.50
1.50
3.96
32.30 3.90
14.38
27800
1.20
100 00 96
10A-2
0.625
15.875 9.40
10.16
15.00
2.00
2.00
5.08
39.90 4.10
18.11
43600
1.90
100 01 03
12A-2
0.750
19.05 12.57
11.91
18.00
2.40
2.40
5.94
49.80 4.60
22.78
62600
2.90
100 01 01
-
0.75
19.05 12.57
11.91
17.40
3.17
3.17
5.94
54.70 4.60
26.11
62600
3.50
100 01 11
16A-2
1.000
25.40 15.75
15.88
24.10
3.00
3.00
7.92
62.70 5.40
29.29
111200
5.00
100 00 86
-
1.000
25.40 15.75
15.88
23.00
4.00
4.00
7.92
68.10 5.40
32.59
112200
5.75
-
-
100 01 17
20A-2
1.250
31.75 18.90
19.05
30.10
4.00
4.00
9.53
77.00 6.10
35.76
174000
7.30
-
100 01 21
24A-2
1.500
38.10 25.22
22.23
36.20
4.80
4.80
11.10
96.30 6.60
45.44
250000
10.90
-
100 01 25
28A-2
1.750
44.45 25.22
25.40
42.20
5.60
5.60
12.70
103.00 7.40
48.87
340000
14.40
-
100 01 27
32A-2
2.000
50.80 31.55
28.58
48.20
6.30
6.30
14.27
124.00 7.90
58.55
446000
19.00
-
A&S ANSI Standard Triplex Transmission Chain
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
Technical Details (mm)
ISO
No
Connecting Links
Pitch
Inch
Pitch Inside
mm Width
Min
Roller
Dia
Max
Plate
Plate
Height Width
Max
Inner
Max
Plate
Width
Outer
Max
Pin
Dia
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
Trans
Pitch
Norm
ISO606 Weight
Tensile kg/m
Strength
Min
A
A
B
C
D
F
G
H3
J
K
(N) ‡
E
No No No No
4 7 26 30
100 00 85
04C-3
0.25
6.35
3.10
3.30
6.00
0.73
0.73
2.31
21.80 2.50
6.40
10500
0.39
-
100 00 88
06C-3
0.375
9.525 4.68
5.08
9.00
1.25
1.25
3.58
33.50 3.30
10.13
23700
1.05
100 00 92
08A-3
0.500
12.70 7.85
7.95
12.00
1.50
1.50
3.96
46.70 3.90
14.38
41700
1.80
100 00 97
10A-3
0.625
15.875 9.40
10.16
15.00
2.00
2.00
5.08
57.90 4.10
18.11
65400
2.90
100 01 04
12A-3
0.750
19.05 12.57
11.91
18.00
2.40
2.40
5.94
72.60 4.60
22.78
93900
4.30
100 02 87
-
0.75
19.05 12.57
11.91
17.40
3.17
3.17
5.94
80.80 4.60
26.11
93900
5.20
-
100 01 12
16A-3
1.000
25.40 15.75
15.88
24.10
3.00
3.00
7.92
113.00 5.40
29.29
166800
7.50
100 01 18
20A-3
1.250
31.75 18.90
19.05
30.10
4.00
4.00
9.53
113.00 6.10
35.76
261000
11.00
100 01 22
24A-3
1.500
38.10 25.22
22.23
36.20
4.08
4.80
11.10
141.00 6.60
45.44
375000
16.50
100 01 91
28A-3
1.750
44.45 25.22
25.40
42.20
5.60
5.60
12.70
152.00 7.40
48.87
510000
21.70
100 01 92
32A-3
2.000
50.80 31.55
28.58
48.20
6.30
6.30
14.27
182.00 7.90
58.55
669000
128.30
- www.renold.com engineering excellence
37
ANSI Small and Large Pitch Chain
ISO 606 / ANSI B29.100
1
ANSI Small and Large Pitch Chain
Chain
Technical Details (mm)
Connecting Links
Renold ISO
Chain No
No
Pitch Pitch Inside Roller Plate Plate
Inch mm Width Dia
Height Width
Min Max Max Inner
Max
Plate Pin
Width Dia
Outer Max
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con Trans ISO606 Weight
Link Pitch Tensile
kg/m
Extra
Strength
Max
A
No No No No No No No
4
107 11 26 12 30 58
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H1
J
K
(N) ‡
0.25
1.75
2.0
2.25
2.5
3.0
6.35
44.45
50.8
57.15
63.5
76.2
3.1
25.23
31.55
35.48
37.85
47.35
3.3
25.4
28.58
35.71
39.67
47.62
6.02
42.23
48.26
54.3
60.33
72.39
0.76
5.61
6.35
7.11
8.13
9.8
0.76
5.61
6.35
7.11
8.13
9.8
2.3
12.71
14.29
17.46
19.85
23.8
8.6
54.9
65.5
73.9
80.3
95.5
0.8
7.4
7.9
9.1
10.2
10.5
-
3500
170000
223000
281000
355000
500000
0.13
7.8
10.4
13.94
17.3
25.0
-
-
-
0.375
1.75
2.0
2.25
2.5
3.0
9.525
44.45
50.8
57.15
63.5
76.2
4.68
25.23
31.55
35.48
37.85
47.35
5.08
25.4
28.58
35.71
39.67
47.62
9.0
42.23
48.26
54.3
60.33
72.39
1.25
5.61
6.35
7.11
8.13
9.8
1.25
5.61
6.35
7.11
8.13
9.8
3.58
12.71
14.29
17.46
19.85
23.8
23.4
103.6
65.5
140.8
151.9
183.33
3.3
7.4
7.9
9.1
10.2
10.5
10.13
20000
48.87 340000
58.55 223000
65.84 562000
71.55 630000
87.83 1000800
0.7
15.5
10.4
27.72
34.4
50.0
-
-
-
1.75
2.0
2.25
2.5
3.0
44.45
50.8
57.15
63.5
76.2
25.23
31.55
35.48
37.85
47.35
25.4
28.58
35.71
39.67
47.62
42.23
48.26
54.3
60.33
72.39
5.61
6.35
7.11
8.13
9.8
5.61
6.35
7.11
8.13
9.8
12.71
14.29
17.46
19.85
23.81
152.4
182.9
206.0
220.0
271.3
7.4
7.9
9.1
10.2
10.5
48.87 510000
58.55 669000
65.84 843000
71.55 950000
87.83 1500000
23.1
31.0
41.5
51.2
75.0
-
-
-
Simplex
129023
119143
119163
119183
119203
119243
25-1
140-1
160-1
180-1
200-1
240-1
Duplex
127037
115143
115163
115183
115203
115243
35-2
140-2
160-2
180-2
200-2
240-2
Triplex
117143
117163
117183
117203
117243
140-3
160-3
180-3
200-3
240-3
No.4
38
No.107
No.26
No.11
engineering excellence www.renold.com
No.12
No.30
ANSI Multiplex Chain
1
ANSI Standard - Multiplex
Chain
ISO
No
Technical Details
ANSI
No
Renold
Chain
No
Connecting Links
Pitch Pitch Inside Roller Plate
Plate
Inch mm Width Dia
Height Width
Min
Max Max
Inner
Max
Plate
Width
Outer
Max
Pin
Dia
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con Trans FB
Weight No No No No
Link Pitch Newtons kg/m
4
107 26 11/
Extra
Min
58
Max
A
F
G
H
J
A
B
C
D
E
K
7.92 11.15
1.55
1.55
3.98
59.7
3.9
14.38
67600
2.52
10.16 14.55
10.16 14.55
10.16 14.55
2.03
2.03
2.03
2.03
2.03
2.03
5.07 75.2
5.07 93.3
5.07 111.3
4.1
4.1
4.1
18.11
18.11
18.11
111200
139000
166800
4.2
5.25
6.3
-
118063 0.75
185733 0.75
187453 0.75
19.05 12.57 11.91 17.45
19.05 12.57 11.91 17.45
19.05 12.57 11.91 17.45
2.39
2.39
2.39
2.39
2.39
2.39
5.96 94.3
5.96 116.9
5.96 139.7
4.6
4.6
4.6
22.78
22.78
22.78
151250
190000
226800
6.2
7.75
9.3
-
80-4
80-5
80-6
80-8
118083
187813
187823
187953
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
24.05
24.05
24.05
24.05
3.25
3.25
3.25
3.25
3.25
3.25
3.25
3.25
7.93
7.93
7.93
7.93
120.7
149.9
179.4
237.8
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
29.29
29.29
29.29
29.29
258000
322500
387000
516000
11.2
14.0
16.8
22.4
-
20A-4
20A-5
20A-6
100-4
100-5
100-6
118103 1.25
184823 1.25
184833 1.25
31.75 19.05 19.05 29.97
31.75 19.05 19.05 29.97
31.75 19.05 19.05 29.97
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
9.54 147.1
9.54 182.9
9.54 218.7
6.1
6.1
6.1
35.76
35.76
35.76
418150
522600
627200
16.8
21.0
25.2
-
24A-4
24A-5
24A-6
24A-8
120-4
120-5
120-6
120-8
118123
185983
185973
185993
38.1
38.1
38.1
38.1
35.89
35.89
35.89
35.89
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
11.11
11.11
11.11
11.11
185.7
231.2
276.6
367.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
45.44
45.44
45.44
45.44
570000
711700
854000
1138000
22.92
27.96
33.5
44.65
-
28A-4
28A-5
28A-6
140-4
140-5
140-6
118143 1.75
188833 1.75
184933 1.75
44.45 25.73 25.4
44.45 25.73 25.4
44.45 25.73 25.4
41.81
41.81
41.81
5.61
5.61
5.61
5.61
5.61
5.61
12.64 199.7
12.64 248.4
12.64 297.5
7.4
7.4
7.4
48.87
48.87
48.87
765000
956400
1147680
30.21
37.72
45.24
-
32A-4
160-4
118163 2.00
50.8
32.13 28.58 47.73
6.35
6.35
14.29 238.8
7.9
58.55
978600
38.9
-
40A-4
200-4
118203 2.50
63.5
38.15 39.67 59.56
8.13
8.13
19.81 291.6
10.2
71.55
1690000
68.24
-
08A-4
40-4
118043 0.50
10A-4
10A-5
10A-6
50-4
50-5
50-6
118053 0.625 15.875 9.4
185183 0.625 15.875 9.4
187203 0.625 15.875 9.4
12A-4
12A-5
12A-6
60-4
60-5
60-6
16A-4
16A-5
16A-6
16A-8
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
12.7
7.85
15.38
15.38
15.38
15.38
25.68
25.68
25.68
25.68
15.75
15.75
15.75
15.75
22.23
22.23
22.23
22.23
FB = AXIAL BREAKING FORCE
DETACHABLE COTTERED CHAIN - SEE OILFIELD CHAIN PAGE 120 - 121
Connecting links
Note: No.12 Crank links - please consult Renold.
No.4
No.107
No.11, 58
No.26
www.renold.com engineering excellence
39
Standard Attachments
for ANSI Simplex Roller Chain
1
Renold ANSI standard transmission chain can be adapted for conveying duties by the
fitment of attachment plates shown on this page. The attachments can be assembled on
one or both sides of the chain at any desired pitch spacing.
Note:
1. K2 attachments cannot be assembled on adjacent inner and outer links on the
same side of the chain.
2. M1 attachments cannot be assembled next to a No. 30 (Cranked link double)
joint.
Bearing pins with an extension on one side of the chain can be included at any desired
spacing and afford a simple means by which attachments or tubular staybars can be
secured to chain.
Spare Parts
No. 4
Inner link
No. 26
Connecting link-spring clip
(for chains up to .75” pitch)
No. 58
Connecting link-press fit
(for chains of 1” pitch)
No. 107
Riveting
pin link
Base Chain ANSI Standard - Simplex
Chain
Technical Details
ANSI Renold
No
Chain
No
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
Inside
Width
Min
Roller
Dia
Max
Plate
Height
Max
Plate
Width
Inner
Max
Plate
Width
Outer
Max
Pin
Dia
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H1
J
0.375
0.50
0.625
0.75
1.0
9.525
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
4.68
7.85
9.4
12.58
15.75
5.08*
7.92
10.16
11.91
15.88
8.66
11.15
14.55
17.45
24.05
1.3
1.55
2.03
2.39
3.25
1.3
1.55
2.03
2.39
3.25
3.59
3.98
5.07
5.96
7.93
15.5
17.8
21.8
26.9
33.5
3.3
3.9
4.1
4.6
5.4
35
40
50
60
80
129033*
119043
119053
119063
119083
* BUSH CHAIN/BUSH DIAMETER.
40
engineering excellence www.renold.com
FB
Newtons
Min
7900
13900
21800
31300
55600
Weight
kg/m
0.33
0.63
1.05
1.55
2.8
Standard K1 Attachments
ANSI B29.100 / ISO606
K1 ATTACHMENTS
1
Renold ANSI Standard K1 Attachments
w
h
g
d
ANSI
No
40
50
60
80
Renold
Chain
No
119043
119053
119063
119083
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
E
F
w
h
d
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
1.52
2.03
2.39
3.15
1.52
2.03
2.39
3.15
9.5
12.7
15.9
19.05
7.9
10.3
12.14
15.875
3.2
5.2
5.2
6.73
g
6.01
7.54
9.04
11.43
T
U
25.3
31.8
38.1
50.8
35.3
46.02
54.23
70.08
ISO/ANSI Standard K1 Attachments
w
h
g
d
ANSI
No
40
50
60
80
Renold
Chain
No
119043
119053
119063
119083
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
E
F
w
h
d
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
1.51
2.0
2.4
3.0
1.51
2.0
2.4
3.0
9.5
12.7
15.9
24.0
7.9
10.3
11.9
15.9
3.3
5.3
5.3
6.6
www.renold.com engineering excellence
g
5.5
7.2
8.6
12.1
T
U
25.4
31.8
38.2
50.8
35.8
49.8
58.0
82.6
41
Standard K2 Attachments
ANSI B29.100 / ISO606
K2 ATTACHMENTS
1
w
s
h
g
d
ISO/ANSI Standard K2 Attachments
ANSI
No
40
50
60
80
42
Renold
Chain
No
119043
119053
119063
119083
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
E
F
h
d
g
w
s
T
U
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
1.51
2.0
2.4
3.0
1.51
2.0
2.4
3.0
7.9
10.3
11.9
15.9
3.3
5.3
5.3
6.6
5.5
7.2
8.6
12.1
24.0
29.9
35.6
46.2
12.7
15.8
19.0
25.4
25.4
31.8
38.2
50.8
35.8
49.8
58.0
82.6
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Standard M1 Attachments
ANSI B29.100 / ISO606
M1 ATTACHMENTS
1
Renold ANSI Standard M1 Attachments
w
d
e
f
g
ANSI
No
40
50
60
80
Renold
Chain
No
119043
119053
119063
119083
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
E
F
w
e
f
d
g
0.50
0.625
0.75
1.0
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
1.52
2.03
2.39
3.15
1.52
2.03
2.39
3.15
9.5
12.7
15.9
19.05
17.4
22.73
26.36
34.29
12.42
15.7
18.19
24.59
3.2
5.2
5.2
6.73
6.01
7.54
9.04
11.43
ISO/ANSI Standard M1 Attachments
w
d
e
f
g
ANSI
No
40
50
60
80
Renold
Chain
No
119043
119053
119063
119083
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
E
F
w
e
f
d
g
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
12.70
15.875
19.05
25.4
1.51
2.0
2.4
3.0
1.51
2.0
2.4
3.0
9.5
12.7
15.9
24.0
17.5
24.6
27.4
39.7
12.7
15.9
18.3
24.6
3.3
5.3
5.3
6.6
5.5
7.2
8.6
12.1
www.renold.com engineering excellence
43
Standard M2 Attachments
ANSI B29.100 / ISO 606
M2 ATTACHMENTS
1
ISO/ANSI Standard M2 Attachments
w
s
d
e
f
g
ANSI
No
40
50
60
80
44
Renold
Chain
No
119043
119053
119063
119083
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
E
F
e
f
d
g
w
s
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
1.51
2.0
2.4
3.0
1.51
2.0
2.4
3.0
17.5
24.6
27.4
39.7
12.7
15.9
18.3
24.6
3.3
5.3
5.3
6.6
5.5
7.2
8.6
12.1
24.0
29.9
35.6
46.2
12.7
15.8
19.0
25.4
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Standard K1 & M1 Attachments
ANSI B29.100 / ISO 1275
w
1
h
g
d
Renold ANSI Double Pitch Standard K1 Attachments
ANSI
No
2040
2050
2060
C2060
Renold
Chain
No
113040
113050
113060
113560 *
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
E
F
w
h
d
g
T
U
1.0
1.25
1.5
1.5
25.4
31.75
38.1
38.1
1.51
2.0
2.4
3.17
1.51
2.0
2.4
3.17
23.8
25.4
28.6
28.6
9.1
11.1
14.7
14.7
3.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.7
7.4
8.8
8.8
25.4
31.8
42.8
42.8
40.6
48.9
58.0
61.6
* STRAIGHT PLATE
w
d
e
f
g
Renold ANSI Double Pitch Standard M1 Attachments
ANSI
No
2040
2050
2060
C2060
Renold
Chain
No
113040
113050
113060
113560 *
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
E
F
w
e
f
d
g
1.0
1.75
1.5
1.5
25.4
31.75
38.1
38.1
1.51
2.0
2.4
3.17
1.51
2.0
2.4
3.17
23.8
25.4
28.6
28.6
20.9
24.9
30.2
30.2
11.1
14.3
19.0
19.0
3.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.7
7.4
8.8
8.8
* STRAIGHT PLATE
www.renold.com engineering excellence
45
ANSI Standard Extended Bearing Pins
ISO606 / ANSI B29.100
EXTENDED PINS
1
b
ANSI Standard - Extended Pins
ANSI
No
35
40
50
60
80
Renold
Chain
No
129033*
119043
119053
119063
119083†
* BUSH CHAIN
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
Pin
dia.
± .010
b
Extension
length
± .25
V
Chain track
from chain centre
line (max)
H
A
0.375
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
9.525
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
3.58
3.96
5.08
5.94
7.92
9.53
9.73
11.89
14.27
19.05
15.5
18.0
22.4
27.2
35.7
† EXTENSION GROOVED FOR CIRCLIP
:NO.163, 164, 167, AND 168 JOINTS APPLY.
Unit Assemblies
No.463
Outer link
46
No.464
Outer link
No.465
Connecting
link-spring clip
No.466
Connecting
link-spring clip
engineering excellence www.renold.com
No.467
No.468
Attachment Chain Connecting Links
Attachment Connecting Links For ANSI Simplex Roller Chain
No240
No272
No140
No172
No144
No175
No242
No276
No142
No176
No145
No180
No270
No278
No170
No178
No174
No181
No163*
No167*
No463
No465
No164*
No168*
No464
No466
1
* Ansi 80
Special or Adapted Transmission Chain
In addition to our ranges of standard
series chain we can also offer:
Transmission Chain up to
300mm pitch and 450 tonnes
breaking load.
Standard Series Chain adapted
to your unique needs with
special attachments.
Special Chain designed with
integral attachments to meet
individual requirements.
Renold adapted chain can be in the form of special plates, pin rollers, or blocks which can be
designed, manufactured and assembled into chain of all pitch sizes.
Attachments can be made from normal materials, stainless steel or plastics.
We will be pleased to receive details of your requirements and evaluate them for strength,
durability, price and despatch. They can be manufactured from your own designs or adapted from
existing drawings.
The illustrations show only a small selection of the wide range of variants and these chains have
been used successfully in many branches of industry for the feeding, conveying and discharge of a
variety of products.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
47
Syno Nickel Plated Chain
No need to relubricate this chain!
1
This dry-to-the-touch chain now includes more performance enhancing characteristics than
ever before. Using the latest techniques, Renold have incorporated special surface treatment
processes to improve the bonding of the nickel plating. This type of plating is not prone to
chipping or peeling as some other plated chains are prone to doing.
The pin coating minimises friction, improving wear life and reducing vibration, while the FDAapproved coating on the roller and the USDA H1-approved lubricant within the chain make it
ideal for food processing environments.
At a glance
Dry-to-the-touch chain
Never needs relubrication
FDA-approved coating on rollers
Nickel-plating on plates won’t chip or peel
Good resistance to corrosion
USDA H1-approved lubricant inside chain when supplied
Standard chain dimensions so can be exchanged "like for like"
Will run on standard sprockets
BS: 1/2" to 11/2" simplex and duplex (06B-1 to 24B-1 and 06B-2 to 24B-2)
ANSI: 1/2" to 11/4" simplex and duplex (40-1 to 100-1 and 40-2 to 100-2)
ANSI Standard Syno Nickel Plated Chain - Simplex
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
119443
119453
119463
119483
119503
Technical Details (mm)
ANSI
No
40
50
60
80
100
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
0.50
0.625
0.75
1.00
1.25
Connecting Links
Inside Roller Plate Plate
Width Dia
Height Width
Min
Max
Max
Inner
Max
B
C
D
E
12.70
7.85
15.875 9.40
19.05 12.57
25.40 15.75
31.75 18.90
7.92
10.16
11.91
15.88
19.05
11.7
14.6
17.5
23.0
25.3
1.80
2.42
3.23
4.06
4.40
Plate Pin
Width Dia
Outer Max
Max
F
Pin
Len
Max
1.50
2.00
2.40
3.00
4.00
3.97
5.08
5.95
7.92
9.53
Transverse ISO Breaking Weight
Pitch
Load FB
kg/m
Max
in N
Min
K
No No No No
4
107 26 11
H1
Con
Link
Extra
Max
J
16.9
21.1
27.0
33.7
40.6
1.9
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.5
-
13900
21800
31300
55600
87000
0.67
1.12
1.73
2.90
3.60
-
ANSI Standard Syno Nickel Plated Chain - Duplex
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
115443
115453
115463
115483
115503
Technical Details (mm)
ANSI
No
40-2
50-2
60-2
80-2
100-2
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
A
A
0.50
0.625
0.75
1.00
1.25
Connecting Links
Inside Roller Plate Plate
Width Dia
Height Width
Min
Max
Max
Inner
Max
B
C
D
E
12.70
7.85
15.875 9.40
19.05 12.57
25.40 15.75
31.75 18.90
7.92
10.16
11.91
15.88
19.05
11.7
14.6
17.5
23.0
25.3
1.80
2.42
3.23
4.06
4.40
Plate Pin
Width Dia
Outer Max
Max
F
Pin
Len
Max
H2
Con
Link
Extra
Max
J
1.50
2.00
2.40
3.00
4.00
31.3
39.2
49.8
63.0
76.4
1.9
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.5
3.97
5.08
5.95
7.92
9.53
Transverse ISO Breaking Weight
kg/m
Pitch
Load FB
Max
in N
Min
K
14.38
18.11
22.78
26.11
29.29
27800
43600
62600
111200
174000
1.29
2.15
3.27
5.59
7.00
No No No No
4
107 26 11
-
N.B. Renold Syno does not conform exactly to BS/ANSI standards. A larger bush and thus a smaller pin diameter are needed to meet the high performance
requirements. However, all gearing dimensions of Renold Syno do comply with BS/ANSI standards. Consult Renold for specific requirements.
Triplex sizes available on request. Duplex Syno fits standard duplex sprockets.
# These are minimum breaking loads. RENOLD does not consider breaking load to be a good indicator of performance, as it overlooks the principal factors of wear
and fatigue.
No.4
48
No.107
No.11
engineering excellence www.renold.com
No.26
Syno Polymer Bush Chain
For higher loads and more heavy-duty applications, the Renold Syno Polymer Bush range takes on
the serious business of wear and fatigue resistance through the addition of a polymer sleeve
between the pin and bush. This highly durable and wear resistant polymer – specifically developed
for Renold – as well as a polymer roller that has been tested for impact resistance and load
capabilities means that the chain can be operated without any lubrication. Available in ANSI 120 to
200 and ideal for applications where it is not possible or not advisable to lubricate a chain, Renold
Syno Polymer Bush chain can be considered for:
Outdoor or wash down environments
Environments where lubrication may
contaminate products
Environments where lubrication may
cause contaminants to stick to the chain
and possibly get into bearing areas,
seizing up the chain
Car assembly plants or steel mills
Forestry, saw mills or paper mills
Textile plants
Mixers
08 B
With a corrosion resistant surface
treatment adding to the variety of
applications it can cope with, Renold
Syno Polymer Bush chain is a truly
versatile product
SYNERGY
1
A
A
D
ANSI Standard Syno Polymer Bush
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
529127
529143
529163
529203
Technical Details (mm)
ISO
No
120-1
140-1
160-1
200-1
Connecting Links
Pitch Pitch Inside
Inch mm Width
Min
Roller
Dia
Max
Plate
Plate
Height Width
Max
Inner
Max
Plate
Width
Outer
Max
Pin
Dia
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
A
1.5
1.75
2.0
2.5
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H1
J
38.1
44.45
50.8
63.5
25.23
25.23
31.55
37.85
22.23
25.4
28.58
39.67
36.20
42.23
48.26
60.33
4.80
5.61
6.35
8.13
4.80
5.61
6.35
8.13
11.11
12.71
14.29
19.85
49.3
52.9
63.1
76.9
5.3
5.2
6.5
9.0
Transverse ISO
Pitch
Breaking
Nom
Load FB in N
Min
-
125000
170000
223000
347000
Mass
with
polymer
roller
kg/m
5.0
6.9
9.2
15.0
No No No
11 107 58
ANSI Standard Syno Polymer Bush - Duplex
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
525127
525143
525163
525203
Technical Details (mm)
ISO
No
120-2
140-2
160-2
200-2
Connecting Links
Pitch Pitch Inside
Inch mm Width
Min
Roller
Dia
Max
Plate
Plate
Height Width
Max
Inner
Max
Plate
Width
Outer
Max
Pin
Dia
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
A
G
H1
J
1.5
1.75
2.0
2.5
A
B
C
D
E
F
38.1
44.45
50.8
63.5
25.23
25.23
31.55
37.85
22.23
25.4
28.58
39.67
36.20
42.23
48.26
60.33
4.80
5.61
6.35
8.13
4.80
5.61
6.35
8.13
No.107
11.11 94.7
12.71 101.8
14.29 121.6
19.85 148.5
5.3
5.2
6.5
9.0
Transverse ISO
Pitch
Breaking
Nom
Load FB in N
Min
Mass
with
polymer
roller
kg/m
45.44
48.87
58.55
71.55
9.6
13.7
18.2
29.8
250000
340000
446000
694000
No No No
11 107 58
No. 11/58
www.renold.com engineering excellence
49
Stainless Steel Chain
1
Renold roller chain is manufactured using Class 300 Series stainless
steel specification. These chains are ideal for acidic or alkaline
environments, or where the chain will be exposed to water, and for
very high or very low temperature locations, where resistance to
corrosion is a requirement.
Renold chain should be selected when resistance to chemical action
is critical. Renold is manufactured using FDA approved material and
is prelubricated with USDA H1 approved lubricant.
Renold Stainless Steel ANSI - Simplex
Chain
ANSI
No
40
50
60
80
Technical Details
Connecting Links
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
Inside
Width
Min
Roller Plate
Dia
Height
Max
Max
Plate Plate
Width Width
Inner Outer
Max
Pin Pin
Dia Len
Max Max
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Trans
Pitch
Max
Max
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H1
J
K
0.50
0.625
0.75
1.00
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
7.85
9.4
12.58
15.75
7.92
10.16
11.91
15.88
11.15
14.55
17.45
24.05
1.55
2.03
2.39
3.25
1.55
2.03
2.39
3.25
3.98
5.07
5.96
7.93
17.8
21.8
26.9
33.5
3.9
4.1
4.6
5.4
-
Breaking Load
FB Newtons
Min
Weight
kg/m
No No No No No No
4 107 11 26 12 30
10690
16810
24030
51000
0.63
1.05
1.55
2.80
-
-
Renold Stainless Steel ANSI - Duplex
Chain
ANSI
No
40-2
50-2
60-2
80-2
Technical Details
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
Inside
Width
Min
Roller Plate
Dia
Height
Max
Max
Plate Plate
Width Width
Inner Outer
Max
Pin Pin
Dia Len
Max Max
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Trans
Pitch
Max
Max
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H2
J
K
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
12.7
15.87
19.05
25.4
7.75
9.65
11.68
17.02
8.51
10.16
12.07
15.88
11.7
14.6
16.7
21.0
1.8
2.0
2.4
4.0
1.5
2.0
2.4
3.2
3.97
4.45
5.08
8.27
30.8
37.0
44.8
61.3
1.5
2.4
2.2
5.4
14.38
18.11
22.78
29.29
No.4
50
Connecting Links
No.107
No.11
Breaking Load
FB Newtons
Min
Weight
kg/m
No No No No No No
4 7 11 26 12 30
23430
29430
37280
101000
1.38
1.80
2.40
5.00
No.26
engineering excellence www.renold.com
No.12
No.30
-
-
Hydro-Service ANSI Chain
Superior corrosion prevention
Renold Hydro-Service® chains are treated with a mechanical zinc plating process with additional coatings
applied for extra corrosion protection. The corrosion resistance of this coating in many wet, humid, saltwater
or other moisture-related applications is far superior to standard nickel or zinc plating. Unlike some products
treated in a smiliar way for corrosion resistance, Renold Hydro-Service® chain is hexavalent chrome-free,
ensuring that it is safe and also environmentally friendly. This coating can be applied to standard or adapted,
BS or ANSI chain. All components of the Hydro-Service® chain are treated prior to assembly in order to
achieve full coverage and protection to all vital surfaces, not just those visible external surfaces.
This helps to improve chain wear life and protect against corrosion-related pin and bush failures.
Unlike nickel or zinc platings, the Hydro-Service® treatment will not chip or peel. This extremely durable
coating will continue to provide exceptional protection where other treatments fail.
1
Product features include:
Excellent corrosion resistance
Hexavalent chrome-free
More than 30 times the corrosion protection
compared with conventional surface treatments
No hydrogen embrittlement failures
More economical than stainless steel chain
Same strength and working load values as standard carbon steel chain
Potential applications:
Sea water environments
Meat and poultry processing plants
Vegetable processing plants
Seafood processing plants
Beverage plants
Washdown equipment
Outdoor applications
Hydro-Service ANSI base chain data - Simplex
Chain
Technical Details
Renold ISO
Chain No
No
Pitch Pitch Inside Roller Plate Plate
Inch mm Width Dia
Height Width
Min Max Max Inner
Max
Plate Pin
Width Dia
Outer Max
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con Trans Breaking Load Weight No No No No No No No
Link Pitch FB Newtons
kg/m
4 107 11 58 12 26 30
Extra
Min
Max
A
E
F
H1
J
0.76
1.3
1.55
2.03
2.39
3.25
4.06
4.8
0.76 2.3
1.3
3.59
1.55 3.98
2.03 5.09
2.39 5.96
3.25 7.94
4.06 9.54
4.8 11.11
8.6
12.0
16.4
20.4
25.3
32.7
39.7
49.3
0.8
1.1
1.4
1.1
1.1
3.0
4.2
5.3
539023 25-1
539033 35-1
539043 40-1
539053 50-1
539063 60-1
539083 80-1
539103 100-1
539123 120-1
0.25
0.375
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
A
6.35
9.525
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
31.75
38.1
Connecting Links
B
C
3.1
4.68
7.85
9.4
12.57
15.75
18.9
25.23
3.3
5.08
7.92
10.16
11.91
15.88
19.05
22.23
D
6.02
9.05
12.07
15.09
18.1
24.13
30.17
36.2
G
K
-
3500
7900
13900
21800
31300
55600
87000
125000
0.13
0.33
0.6
1.0
1.47
2.8
4.2
5.7
-
-
Hydro-Service ANSI base chain data - Duplex
Chain
Technical Details
Renold ISO
Chain No
No
Pitch Pitch Inside Roller Plate Plate
Inch mm Width Dia
Height Width
Min Max Max Inner
Max
Plate Pin
Width Dia
Outer Max
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con Trans Breaking Load Weight No No No No No No No
kg/m
4 107 11 58 12 26 30
Link Pitch FB Newtons
Extra
Min
Max
A
E
F
H2
J
K
0.76
1.3
1.55
2.03
2.39
3.25
4.06
4.8
0.76 2.3
1.3
3.59
1.55 3.98
2.03 5.09
2.39 5.96
3.25 7.94
4.06 9.54
4.8 11.11
15.5
22.2
30.8
38.4
48.1
61.9
75.4
94.7
0.8
1.1
1.4
1.1
1.1
3.0
4.2
5.3
6.4
10.13
14.38
18.11
22.78
29.29
35.76
45.44
535023 25-2
535033 35-2
535043 40-2
535053 50-2
535063 60-2
535083 80-2
535103 100-2
535123 120-2
No.4
0.25
0.375
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
A
6.35
9.525
12.7
15.875
19.05
25.4
31.75
38.1
Connecting Links
B
C
3.1
4.68
7.85
9.4
12.57
15.75
18.9
25.23
3.3
5.08
7.92
10.16
11.91
15.88
19.05
22.23
No.107
D
6.02
9.05
12.07
15.09
18.1
24.13
30.17
36.2
G
No.11/58
7000
15800
27800
43600
62600
111200
174000
250000
No. 12
www.renold.com engineering excellence
0.26
0.65
1.2
2.1
3.05
5.5
8.4
11.0
No.26
-
-
No.30
51
ANSI Xtra Chain
RENOLD
ANSI XTRA...
1
Xtra round components with
seamless roller/bush
Xtra shock resistant pins
Xtra finish shot peening
ball drifting
Xtra security
interference fits
Shock resistant
Xtra thick plates
resists heavy loads
Fatigue resistant
High loads
... THE HEAVY DUTY CHAIN
Product Description
RENOLD ANSI XTRA chain incorporates the usual
Renold performance enhancing features including
seamless bushes, ball drifted plate holes, shot peening
and optimum interference fits. The extra features
incorporated into this range of chain is classified by:
Thicker side plates denoted by 'H'. These plates are
approximately 20% thicker than standard ANSI chain.
Through hardened pins, denoted by 'V'.
The gearing dimensions of ANSI XTRA chain are
identical to our standard ANSI simplex range and will
therefore run on standard sprockets. The larger transverse
pitch of duplex and triplex chains with heavy duty side
plates (H or HV range) require special sprockets.
The range can therefore be summarised as follows:
H Range - Identical to standard ANSI chain with the exception of the
overall width. Thicker plates give this chain excellent resistance to
heavy loads and help absorb shock. Duplex and triplex chain must
have sprockets with an increased transverse pitch of the teeth.
V Range - Identical dimensions to standard ANSI chain but with a
higher breaking load and excellent resistance to shock loads.
HV Range - A combination of the 'H' and 'V' chain,
giving excellent resistance to both heavy and shock loads.
A further enhancement to the chain life can be achieved by
hardening the sprocket teeth of the drive. 'H' and 'HV' chains are
designed for improved fatigue life, therefore offset and slip fit joints
which have a lower fatigue resistance are not recommended.
Shown below is an easy to use features guide to help in selecting
chain to suit its application.
52
Chain Type
Strength
Wear
Heavy Loads
Shock Loads
High Speeds
Standard ANSI
Good
Excellent
Good
Good
Excellent
XTRA H Range
Good
Excellent
Excellent
Good
Not Suitable
XTRA V Range
Excellent
Good
Good
Excellent
Good
XTRA HV Range
Excellent
Good
Excellent
Excellent
Not Suitable
engineering excellence www.renold.com
ANSI Xtra Chain
ANSI XTRA roller chain is specifically
designed and manufactured for arduous
applications where frequent, impulsive
or heavy loads are involved, or where
operating conditions are severe as in the
mining, quarrying, rock drilling, forestry
and construction industries. This chain is
interchangeable with our standard ANSI
range and can be used to upgrade the
performance of existing applications
subject to normal design and installation
checks.
Multiplex versions are also available on
request.
1
Chain
Technical Details
Renold ANSI
Chain No
No
Pitch Pitch
Inch mm
Inside Roller Plate Plate
Width Dia
Height Width
Min
Max
Max
Inner
Max
Plate Pin
Width Dia
Outer Max
Max
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
Transverse
Pitch
Max
A
B
E
F
G
H1
J
K
28.6
37.0
44.1
52.53
57.9
68.5
77.94
86.4
4.6
5.4
6.1
6.6
7.4
7.9
9.1
10.2
-
40000
70000
104500
142000
191000
244500
324700
422500
1.8
3.3
4.8
6.3
8.6
11.2
15.21
19.5
-
6.1
7.4
39.09
48.87
209000
382000
10.3
16.74
-
4.6
5.4
6.1
6.6
7.4
7.9
9.1
10.2
-
55000
87000
133450
182400
258000
311400
324700
600500
1.8
3.3
4.8
6.3
8.6
11.2
15.21
19.5
-
A
Connecting Links
ISO 606 Weight
Tensile
kg/m
Strength
Min
No No No No
4
107 26 11/58
C
D
11.91
15.88
19.05
22.23
25.4
28.58
35.71
39.67
17.5
24.05
29.97
35.89
41.81
47.73
53.51
59.56
3.17
4.06
4.8
5.61
6.35
7.11
8.13
9.65
3.17
4.06
4.8
5.61
6.35
7.11
8.13
9.65
5.94
7.93
9.54
11.11
12.71
14.29
17.46
19.85
18.9 19.05
25.23 25.4
29.97
41.81
4.8
6.35
4.8
6.35
9.54
12.71
11.91
15.88
19.05
22.23
25.4
28.58
35.71
39.67
17.5
24.05
29.97
35.89
41.81
47.73
53.51
59.56
3.17
4.06
4.8
5.61
6.35
7.11
8.13
9.65
3.17
4.06
4.8
5.61
6.35
7.11
8.13
9.65
5.94
7.93
9.54
11.11
12.71
14.29
17.46
19.85
25.23 25.4
31.55 28.58
41.81
47.73
6.35
7.11
6.35
7.11
12.71
14.29
106.9
130.4
7.4
7.9
48.87
61.9
516000
622800
16.74
23.5
-
19.05
29.97
4.8
4.8
9.54
120.78
6.1
39.09
400350
15.45
-
15.88
19.05
22.23
25.4
28.58
35.71
39.67
24.05
29.97
35.89
41.81
47.73
53.51
59.56
3.25
4.06
4.8
5.61
6.35
7.11
8.13
3.25
4.06
4.8
5.61
6.35
7.11
8.13
7.93
9.54
11.11
12.71
14.29
17.46
19.85
33.5
41.1
50.8
54.9
65.5
73.9
80.3
5.4
6.1
6.6
7.4
7.9
9.1
10.2
-
75000
122000
169000
235000
289000
382500
445000
2.8
4.2
5.7
7.8
10.4
13.94
17.3
-
15.75 15.88
25.23 22.23
25.23 25.4
24.05
35.89
41.81
3.25
4.8
5.61
3.25
4.8
5.61
7.93
11.11
12.71
62.7
96.3
103.6
5.4
6.6
7.4
29.29
45.44
48.87
150000
338000
470000
5.5
11.0
15.5
-
24.05
35.89
41.81
3.25
4.8
5.61
3.25
4.8
5.61
7.93
11.11
12.71
91.9
141.7
152.4
5.4
6.6
7.4
29.29
45.44
48.87
225000
507000
705000
8.3
16.7
23.1
-
H - Series Simplex
187661
189531
188556
188661
188716
188731
188761
188781
60H-1
80H-1
100H-1
120H-1
140H-1
160H-1
180H-1
200H-1
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
1.75
2.0
2.25
2.5
19.05
25.4
31.75
38.1
44.45
50.8
57.15
63.5
12.57
15.75
18.9
25.23
25.23
31.55
35.48
37.85
H - Series Duplex
188557 100H-2
188717 140H-2
1.25 31.75
1.75 44.45
83.2
106.9
HV - Series Simplex
187666
189541
188566
188671
188726
188741
188771
188791
60HV-1
80HV-1
100HV-1
120HV-1
140HV-1
160HV-1
180HV-1
200HV-1
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
1.75
2.0
2.25
2.5
19.05
25.4
31.75
38.1
44.45
50.8
57.15
63.5
12.57
15.75
18.9
25.23
25.23
31.55
35.48
37.85
28.6
37.0
44.1
52.53
57.9
68.5
77.94
86.4
HV - Series Duplex
188727 140HV-2
188742 160HV-2
1.75 44.45
2.0 50.8
HV - Series Triplex
188568 100HV-3
1.25 31.75
18.9
V - Series Simplex
189546
188576
188676
188736
188746
188756
188776
80V-1
100V-1
120V-1
140V-1
160V-1
180V-1
200V-1
1.0
1.25
1.5
1.75
2.0
2.25
2.5
25.4
31.75
38.1
44.45
50.8
57.15
63.5
15.75
18.9
25.23
25.23
31.55
35.48
37.85
V - Series Duplex
189547 80V-2
188677 120V-2
188737 140V-2
1.0 25.4
1.5 38.1
1.75 44.45
V - Series Triplex
189548 80V-3
188678 120V-3
188738 140V-3
1.0 25.4
1.5 38.1
1.75 44.45
No.4
15.75 15.88
25.23 22.23
25.23 25.4
No.107
No.26
www.renold.com engineering excellence
No.11/58
53
ANSI Nickel Plated
ISO606 A Series / ANSI B29.100
1
Nickel Plated ANSI Standard - Simplex
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
559043
559053
559063
559083
559103
ANSI
No
40-1
50-1
60-1
80-1
100-1
Technical Details
Pitch Pitch Inside Roller Plate Plate
Inch mm Width Dia
Height Width
Min
Max Max
Inner
Max
Plate Pin Pin
Width Dia Len
Outer Max Max
Max
Con Trans
Link Pitch
Extra Max
Max
A
A
E
F
G
J
K
0.5
0.625
0.75
1.0
1.25
12.7
7.85 7.92 11.15
15.88 9.4 10.16 14.55
19.05 12.58 11.91 17.4
25.4 15.75 15.88 24.05
31.75 18.9 19.05 29.85
1.55
2.03
2.39
3.25
4.06
1.55
2.03
2.39
3.25
4.06
3.98
5.07
5.96
7.9
9.54
3.9
4.1
4.6
5.4
6.1
-
13900
21800
31300
55600
87000
0.63
1.05
1.55
2.8
4.2
-
-
5.4
29.29 111200
5.50
-
-
B
C
D
H1
17.8
21.8
26.9
33.5
41.1
FB
Weight
Newtons kg/m
Min
Connecting Links
No No No No No No No
4 107 11 58 12 26 30
Nickel Plated ANSI Standard - Duplex
555083
80-2
1.0
25.4
15.75 15.88 24.05
3.25
3.25
7.93 62.7
.FB = AXIAL BREAKING FORCE
No.4
54
No.107
No.11/58
No.26
engineering excellence www.renold.com
No.12
No.30
ANSI Hollow Pin Chain
w
1
ANSI Dimensions
Chain
Renold
Chain
No
ISO
No
Technical Details
Pitch
Pitch
Inch
mm
A
A
Inside
Width
Min
Roller
Dia
Max
Plate
Plate
Height Width
Max
Inner
Max
Plate
Width
Outer
Max
Pin
Bore
Min
Pin
Len
Max
Con
Link
Extra
Max
B
C
D
E
F
W
H1
J
15.1
17.5
25
2.0
2.4
2.7
2.0
2.4
3.7
5.1
6.0
9.5
20.4
25.3
34.0
1.0
1.3
5.1
Breaking Load Weight
FB Newtons
kg/m
Min
Connecting Links
No
No
4
26
Simplex - Bush Chain
187121
187122
187125
No.4
-
0.625
0.75
1.00
15.88
19.05
25.4
No.107
9.4
12.7
15.88
10.16
11.91
15.88
No.11/58
No.26
www.renold.com engineering excellence
18000
28500
60000
1.05
1.39
2.2
No.12
No.30
55
Double Pitch Chain Simplex
ANSI B29.00 / ISO1275
1
ANSI Standard
Chain
Technical Details
Connecting Links
Product
Number
Pitch
Inch
Pitch
mm
Inside
Width
Roller
Dia
Thickness
Plate
Inner
Height
Plate
Thickness
Outer
Plate
Pin
Dia
Extra
Pin
Len
Con
Link
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
Breaking
Weight
Load
kg/m
FB Newtons
Min
No
4
No No
No
107 11/58 12
Conveyor Series
Small roller
C2040R
C2050R
C2060R
C2080R
C2100H
C2120H
C2160H
1.0
25.4
1.25 31.75
1.5
38.1
2.0
50.8
2.5
63.5
3.0
76.2
4.0 101.6
7.85
9.4
12.57
15.75
19.0
25.4
31.5
7.92
10.16
11.91
15.88
19.05
22.23
28.58
11.8
15.0
17.8
24.1
28.8
35.1
47.9
1.5
2.0
3.17
4.0
4.75
5.61
7.3
1.5
2.0
3.17
4.0
4.75
5.61
7.3
3.97
5.09
5.95
7.92
9.54
11.11
14.29
17.8
21.8
28.6
35.8
42.4
52.4
65.6
3.9
4.1
4.6
5.4
4.3
5.3
6.7
14100
22200
38000
65000
137000
185900
305500
0.5
0.84
1.44
2.42
3.47
4.93
8.0
Large roller
C2042R
C2052R
C2062R
C2082R
C2102H
C2122H
C2162H
1.0
25.4
1.25 31.75
1.5
38.1
2.0
50.8
2.5
63.5
3.0
76.2
4.0 101.6
7.85
9.4
12.57
15.75
19.0
25.4
31.5
15.88
19.05
22.23
28.58
39.67
44.45
57.15
11.8
15.0
17.8
24.1
28.8
35.1
47.9
1.5
2.0
3.17
4.0
4.75
5.61
7.3
1.5
2.0
3.17
4.0
4.75
5.61
7.3
3.97
5.09
5.95
7.92
9.54
11.11
14.29
17.8
21.8
28.6
35.8
42.4
52.4
65.6
3.9
4.1
4.6
5.4
4.3
5.3
6.7
14100
22200
38000
65000
137000
185900
305500
0.82
1.26
2.03
3.36
5.65
7.9
12.8
7.85
9.4
12.57
15.75
7.92
10.16
11.91
15.88
11.8
15.0
17.8
24.1
1.5
2.0
2.4
3.0
1.5
2.0
2.4
3.0
3.97
5.09
5.95
7.92
17.8
21.8
26.9
33.5
3.9
4.1
4.6
5.4
14100
22200
31800
56700
0.4
0.7
1.05
1.76
Drive Series
A2040
A2050
A2060
A2080
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
25.4
31.75
38.1
50.8
FB= AXIAL BREAKING FORCE
No.4
56
No.107
No.11/58
engineering excellence www.renold.com
No.12
Klik-TopTM Polymer Block Chain
Klik-TopTM polymer block chain is
quick to install, strong, suitable for
use in hygiene-sensitive areas if
required and will cut costly
downtime experienced when using
conventional polymer block chain.
klick
1
klick
Klik-TopTM chain ensures reliability, quality
and great value for money.
Ideal for conveying delicate items
such as glass, wood and packaging.
You can have confidence in
Klik-TopTM chain.
Short downtimes - increased productivity
Durable polymer clip
Easily replaced in moments
Food industry approved
Base chain available in stainless steel
Hard work...isn’t it?
Remove chain
Grind heads of bearing pins
Push out bearing pins
Dismantle damaged parts
Assemble new spare parts
Test flexibility
Reinstall chain
It’s easy with Klik-TopTM
klick
klick
Remove damaged clip
Install new clip
www.renold.com engineering excellence
57
Klik-TopTM Polymer Block Chain
24.2
23
12.3
19.2
17.2
Similar
DIN/IS0
A&S
No.
Part No.
Chain
p x b1
Part No.
Connecting link
Part No.
clip
08B-1
08B-1
1603
1803 RF**
1210313
1210314
1/2“ x 5/16“
1/2“ x 5/16“
1317972
1317973
1317979
1317979
Similar
DIN/IS0
A&S
No.
Part No.
Chain
p x b1
Part No.
Connecting link
Part No.
clip
08B-2
08B-2
1603-2
1210315
1603-2 RF** 1210316
1/2“ x 5/16“
1/2“ x 5/16“
1317974
1317975
1317980
1317980
Similar
DIN/IS0
A&S
No.
Part No.
Chain
p x b1
Part No.
Connecting link
Part No.
clip
12B-1
12B-1
1642
1642 RF**
1210317
1210318
3/4“ x 7/16“
3/4“ x 7/16“
1317976
1317977
1317981
1317981
Similar
DIN/IS0
A&S
No.
Part No.
Chain
p x b1
Part No.
Connecting link
Part No.
clip
16B-1
16B-1
1666
1666 RF**
1209754
1210319
1“ x 0,67“
1“ x 0,67“
1317165
1317978
1317164
1317164
1
24.2
23
12.3
33.1
31.1
35.6
34.2
21
25.7
23
49
47.4
21.4
40
36
** RF = The chain is made of rustproof and acid-resistant materials
The dimensions of the chain are similar to those of the DIN standard.
Please take the exact dimensions from the drawings.
58
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Polymer Block
Polymer Block Chain
1
Renold Polymer Block Chain (Rubber Block Chain) has been
specifically designed for use in the FEED, CONVEYING and on
WORK DISCHARGE types of applications, where an undamaged
surface finish is an essential requirement for your finished product.
Other sizes of chain and block materials can be supplied, apart from
the popular and made to order chain detailed in this catalogue. For
special applications Renold multiplex chain, up to sextuplex, have
been supplied and used successfully where a wider polymer block
platform is required.
Renold Chain has been running successfully in all types of
machinery and sectors of industry. Examples being:
Popular Range
WOODWORKING
FURNITURE INDUSTRY
PROFILE GRINDING
Pitch
ISO No.
ANSI No.
Type
0.500"
08B-1
-
SIMPLEX
08B-2
-
DUPLEX
0.750"
12B-1
-
SIMPLEX
12B-2
-
DUPLEX
1.000"
-
80
SIMPLEX
-
80-2
DUPLEX
1.500"
24B-1
-
SIMPLEX
BOOK BINDING
CONVEYING PLASTIC TUBES
GLASS HANDLING
CABLE MANUFACTURE
CONVEYING OF FRAGILE COMPONENTS
The chain is based on ISO, DIN and ANSI standard, both Simplex
and Duplex, the only difference being the overall pin length. Polymer
block chain can be used in many different environments by simply
changing the block material. The most popular chain in this
catalogue being available from stock.
The polymer block vulcanised onto the U-plate is wear resistant and
has a shore hardness of 50 to 60. It is suitable for working
temperatures up to a maximum of 80°C (176°F).
Polymer block chain is only supplied in even pitch lengths,
including a connecting link.
Chain can be supplied without polymer blocks, with the
standard U-plates fitted to the outer links.
For a small extra charge chain can be zinc plated, but this
will reduce the minimum breaking load of the chain by 10%.
The gearing dimensions of polymer block chain allows them
to run on standard sprockets.
Made to Order Sizes
Pitch
ISO No.
ANSI No.
Type
6mm
04
-
SIMPLEX
0.375"
06B-1
-
SIMPLEX
0.500"
08B-3
-
TRIPLEX
0.625"
10B-2
-
DUPLEX
1.250"
20B-1
-
SIMPLEX
The block material specifications available are shown on page 60.
For assistance with selecting the correct chain size, block type or
profile for your application, contact our Technical Sales Department.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
59
Polymer Block
Material Code and Details
Code
1
NR
IR
SBR
BR
EPDM
NBR
CR
AU
SI
FSI
FPM
PUR
PTFE
Material Type
Shore
Hardness
Natural Rubber
Isoprene Rubber (Synth. polyisoprene)
Styrene-Butadiene Rubber
Butadiene Rubber (Polybutadiene)
Ethylene-Propylene-Diene Polymer
Acronitrille Butadiene Rubber
Chloroprene Rubber (Polychloroprene)
Polyester Urethane Rubber
Silicone Resins
Fluoric Silicone Resins
Fluoropolymers
Polyurethane
Poltetrafluoroethylene
Wear Value
DIN 53516 mm3
65 + / – 5
75 + / – 5
65 + / – 5
70 + / – 5
75 + / – 5
85 + / – 5
-
160
160
160
160*
160*
80
-
- DETAILS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST
RAL 1007
Colour
RAL1014
RAL7034
RAL1021
RAL3012
RAL8008
RAL1007
-
Ivory
Yellow-Grey
Cadmium-Yellow
Beige-Red
Olive-Brown
Chrome-Yellow Transparent
-
* RENOLD DESIGN
RAL 1014
RAL1021
RAL 3012
RAL 7034
RAL 8008
A customer specific design, hardness and wear specification of block is possible, but may be subject to minimum order quantities.
Polymer Block material colour may vary from the represented colours shown above.
Material Mechanical Values/Resistance
Type
Tensile Strength
Elongation at Fracture
Rebond Resilience
Wear Resistance
Tear Strength
Current Flow Resistance
Temperature Hot -Air Degrees C
Minimum Temperature Degrees C
Age Resistance
Ozone Resistance
Benzine Resistance
Oil and Grease Resistance
Acid Resistance
Alkali Resistance
Resistance to Hot Water
Material
NR
IR
SBR
BR
IIR
EPDM NBR
CR
AU
SI
FSI
FPM
PUR
PTFE
1
1
2
2
2
1
+90
-50
3
4
6
6
3
3
3
5
2
3
2
3
2
+100
-40
3
4
4
5
3
3
2
6
3
1
1
5
2
+100
-60
3
3
5
6
3
3
3
4
2
6
3
4
2
+140
-40
2
2
6
6
2
2
1
5
3
3
3
4
2
+150
-40
1
1
5
4
1
2
2
3
2
3
2
3
3
+120
-30
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
3
1
4
3
+120
-20
2
2
1
1
5
5
5
6
4
3
5
6
1
+200
-80
1
1
5
1
5
5
5
6
4
3
5
6
1
+200
-80
1
1
1
1
4
4
4
5
3
5
4
3
4
+220
-25
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
2
+80
-35
1
1
2
2
6
6
6
1
3
NA
3
2
1
+260
-190
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
3
1
+90
-40
3
4
6
6
3
3
3
5
2
3
2
4
4
+130
-40
3
3
1
1
4
3
3
1 = EXCELLENT 2 = VERY GOOD 3 = GOOD 4 = MODERATE
5 = POOR
6 = INSUFFICIENT
When choosing the material for your application, the table above can be used to select the material with the most appropriate properties.
For example, where an application has oil and grease present, NBR, AU, SI, FSI FPM and PTFE materials are suitable.
Contact our technical staff for more advice on the suitability of the materials shown.
60
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Polymer Block
Chain Types
Simplex Roller Chain
Type
Number
Profile
without Blocks
Chain No.
NR
NBR
Chain Fitted with Material Type
PUR
FPM
SI
Based on 08B-1
0.500" Pitch
1870
2720
2750
4740
5800
1850
0520
-
1208770
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
1208782
1208783
1208784
1208781
MIN
TR
MIN
TR
TR
MIN
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
MIN
Based on 12B-1
0.750" Pitch
5350
5130
4680
-
1208775
MIN
MIN
MIN
1208788
TR
TR
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
Based on ANSI 80
1.000" Pitch
1120
1300
1310
0641
0570
-
1208779
MIN
MIN
TR
MIN
MIN
1208793
TR
1208792
TR
TR
MIN
TR
ENQ
ENQ
TR
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
TR
ENQ
Based on 24B-1
1.500" Pitch
0839
0830
12058788
-
MIN
MIN
TR
ENQ
ENQ
Type
Number
Profile
without Blocks
Chain No.
NR
NBR
Chain Fitted with Material Type
PUR
FPM
SI
Based on 08B-2
0.500" Pitch
0540
0560
0590
0610
0660
0810
0820
0910
1360
1760
2020
2520
0800
0530
-
1208771
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
1208785
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
1208786
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
1208787
MIN
TR
TR
TR
TR
MIN
TR
TR
TR
TR
MIN
TR
TR
MIN
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
MIN
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
MIN
Based on 12B-2
0.750" Pitch
0760
1480
0639
0630
-
1208776
MIN
MIN
MIN
1208790
MIN
1208789
MIN
TR
TR
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
MIN
ENQ
ENQ
Based on ANSI 80-2
1.000" Pitch
1120
1300
1310
0510
0570
-
1208780
TR
TR
TR
MIN
TR
TR
TR
TR
TR
TR
TR
TR
TR
TR
TR
TR
TR
TR
TR
TR
1
Duplex Roller Chain
Key
MIN = MADE TO ORDER ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER QUANTITY OF 100M
TR = A TOOLING CHARGE WOULD BE APPLIED. MINIMUM ORDER QUANTITY OF 100M
ENQ = MADE TO ORDER ONLY. ENQUIRE FOR MINIMUM ORDER QUANTITY
PROFILE DRAWINGS AND DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN ON PAGES 62 AND 63.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
61
Polymer Block Chain
0.500" PITCH SIMPLE CHAIN PROFILES
14.45
8.3
1
4.45
8.51 max
7.75 min
19.8 max
24.2
PROFILE No. 0520
PROFILE No. 2750
PROFILE No. 1870
PROFILE No. 2720
PROFILE No. 4740
PROFILE No. 5800
0.750" PITCH SIMPLE CHAIN PROFILES
19.6
19.6
10
35.6
14
15°
19.6
Ø 12.07
13
21
13
16.1 max
18
13
Ø 5.72
19.05
11.68 max
19.05
PROFILE No. 4680
PROFILE No. 5350
15.62max
23.4 max
25.7
1.000" PITCH SIMPLE CHAIN PROFILES
36.5
PROFILE No.
0570
PROFILE No.
1120
PROFILE No.
1300
PROFILE No.
1310
1.500" PITCH SIMPLE CHAIN PROFILES
PROFILE No. 0830
62
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Polymer Block Chain
0.500" PITCH DUPLEX CHAIN PROFILES
1
PROFILE No. 0530
PROFILE No. 0590
PROFILE No. 0910
PROFILE No. 0610
PROFILE No. 1360
PROFILE No. 0660
PROFILE No. 0540
PROFILE No. 0810
PROFILE No. 1760
PROFILE No. 0560
PROFILE No. 0820
PROFILE No. 2020
PROFILE No. 2520
0.750" PITCH DUPLEX CHAIN PROFILES
PROFILE No. 0630
PROFILE No. 0760
PROFILE No. 1480
1.000" PITCH DUPLEX CHAIN PROFILES
PROFILE
No. 0570
PROFILE
No. 1120
PROFILE
No. 1300
PROFILE
No. 1310
www.renold.com engineering excellence
63
Roll-Ring®
Self Adjusting Chain Tensioner
Roll-Ring® is a simple yet innovative chain tensioner made from a specially formulated polymer.
The unique design is based upon a simple toothed ring that can be fitted to horizontal, vertical or
diagonal drives in a matter of seconds, simply by placing it in-between the two strands of
chain. When the drive is in use, the Roll-Ring® deforms to an elliptical shape, due to
compression between the strands and completely asborbs any slack in the system.
Roll-Ring® performs the job of a tensioner and a damper in one, and is ideally
suited to applications where maintenance is difficult or impossible.
1
Technical Details
Roll-Ring® chain tensioners provide tensioning using:
The Roll-Ring® chain tensioner provides cost effective, time saving
installation and maintenance.
The advantages over other types of chain tensioners are:
Free standing - no sprockets, bolts, plates, drilling or costly
installation required.
The Roll-Ring® is easily installed where space limitations
prohibit the use of conventional chain tensioners.
The Roll-Ring® is fitted in a matter of seconds.
It is fully effective in vertical and diagonal drives.
It is ready for use without any tools, tensioning equipment or
any further alignment or adjustment.
The Roll-Ring® works automatically, is maintenance free and
self lubricating.
It can be used in dusty and dirty environments.
Roll-Ring® also works in reverse mode.
The Roll-Ring® is a tensioner and damper in one, thus
reducing noise levels.
Roll-Ring® provides as much tensioning as possible at low chain
speeds, and has reserves of tensioning and damping capability for
higher chain speeds. The diagram below shows the tensioning
force of a Roll-Ring® chain tensioner with it's individual allocations
of tensioning force and their resulting effects.
140
Tensions effort (N)
Benefits
Static tensioning force from the elastic ring
Dynamic tensioning force from the damping of the working
material
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
R3
0
0.8
1.6
2.4
3.2
R2
4
Chain spee 4.8 5.6 6.4 7.2
d (M/S)
Tensioning effort for ROLL-RING®: Dynamic
force R1
Static
force R2
R1
8
8.5
Resultant
force R3
Roll-Ring® chain tensioners reduce chain wear and improve the
quality and efficiency of the complete chain drive.
Vibrations in an untensioned chain drive
Snap-in installation
The innovative Tensioner
The Roll-Ring® chain tensioner is an elementary mechanism based
on new principles and represents a major advance in technology:
64
Roll-Ring® requires minimal technical effort.
Its operation is astonishingly simple.
All functions are integrated into a single component.
Roll-Ring® utilises the hollow space of the associated chain
drive system giving greater flexibility to designers and specifiers.
Automatic positioning and self lubricating.
The Roll-Ring® chain tensioner tensions and dampens
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Lube Free Chain: BS/ANSI Standard Attachments
Roll-Ring®
Self Adjusting Chain Tensioner
Case Study:
Chocolate Production
A major chocolate manufacturer was experiencing serious
problems with short chain life on a main production line and also
had chain tensioning problems, due to the inaccessibility of the
chain drives. Firstly, the short chain life (4-5 weeks) was overcome
when the Renold Engineer recommended a change to Renold
brand, nickel plated chains, which has led to a new chain life of
twelve months so far, and at time of going to press, the new
Renold chains are still fitted.
Secondly, regular downtime due to the failure of the previous
chains, was extended through the fitting of chain tensioners and
their ongoing adjustments over time. With a time sensitive
maintenance policy, the chocolate manufacturer looked for a
solution to speed up the tensioning of the replacement chain and
Roll-Ring® provided that simple solution.
The new Renold chains had to be adjusted to be near their ideal
centres when fitted, and when the maximum compression was
reached the Roll-Ring® was fitted by hand within seconds.
No further adjustments have had to be carried out due to the
flexibility of the Roll-Ring® design and all future chain extension will
be automatically taken up during the chains' life. With a large
reduction in equipment downtime for tensioning adjustment, the
chocolate manufacturer now enjoys significant time savings, cost
savings and peace of mind.
Saving of maintenance time for tension adjustments
Simple installation
Effective dampening
Unique solution
The principle of the Roll-Ring® chain tensioner is based on two
simple phenomena:
Installation and maintenance
Roll-Ring® chain tensioners are maintenance free and can be fitted
to a wide variety of chain drives with no installation down time.
The requirement is that:
There is a working space with a gap between the chain strands
which is smaller than the reference diameter of the chain
tensioner.
There is a sufficient gap between the chain drive sprockets.
We recommend that the chain tensioner is positioned between two
chain strands such that there is at least one chain pitch between
the Roll-Ring® and the smallest sprocket. The Roll-Ring® can also
be positioned just as effectively outside this recommended area, as
long as it is sufficiently prestressed. In this case, practical trial and
error are recommended.
Roll-Ring® chain tensioners can be used in line within the same
chain strand, or parallel with each other in multi-strand chain drives.
The New Principle
1
Please note that triplex chain drives only require two Roll-Rings®
positioned on the outer strands.
s
The elastic ring engages with the chain drive strands and rolls
between them in a pre-stressed condition taking up the shape
of an ellipse
di
do
The constantly opposing movements of the load and slack
strands cancel each other out, thereby holding the Roll-Ring®
in position
A
Key
A
S
= Deflected PCD
= Max deflection
do = PCD
di = Inside Diameter
Renold Roll-Ring® installation and final dimensions
Roll-Ring® chain tensioners in
one of our test rigs
Roll-Ring® chain tensioners
are re-cyclable
Part number
do
di
s
A
10503001
76.5
65.0
20.0
104.0
10603001
10603601
91.1
109.0
73.0
89.5
25.0
25.0
122.0
143.0
10802601
10803001
10803401
102.1
121.5
137.5
84.5
98.0
115.4
24.0
28.0
30.0
135.8
161.6
165.0
11002601
11003001
11003401
128.4
148.0
170.0
105.0
124.6
141.0
28.0
33.0
38.0
153.0
177.0
217.0
11202601
11203001
11203401
155.0
182.2
207.5
127.6
145.0
169.5
35.0
40.0
45.0
209.5
241.7
265.0
11602601
11603001
207.0
245.8
167.0
202.0
45.0
50.0
269.0
306.0
12003001
303.7
244.0
60.0
390.0
Value A includes a safety distance to the sprockets.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
65
Roll-Ring®
Chain Tensioners Standard Product Range
1
#
Part No.
number
No. of
teeth
ISO
reference
Renold Chain Maximum static Maximum
Minimum
reference
expansive force chain speed ambient temperature
~
**
10503001
10603001
10603601
10802601
10803001
10803401
10843001
11002601
11003001
11003401
11202601
11203001
11203401
11602601
11603001
12003001
30
30
36
26
30
34
30
26
30
34
26
30
34
26
30
30
05B
06B
06B
08B
08B
08B
081 \ 083 *
10B
10B
10B
12B
12B
12B
16B
16B
20B
110500
110038
110038
110046
110046
110046
111044 \ 6
110056
110056
110056
110066
110066
110066
110088
110088
110106
(N)
2.9
15.2
28.5
15.7
22.0
22.0
16.8
28.2
23.0
45.1
39.2
65.0
70.5
95.7
108.5
194.0
(M/S)
5.0
5.2
5.2
7.5
8.6
8.8
7.5
4.2
8.8
8.8
5.4
6.2
6.4
5.7
6.2
7.0
(C)
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
(C)
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
60
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
80603001
10802601
10803001
10843001
11002601
11003001
11003401
11202601
11203001
11602601
81603001
12003001
30
26
30
30
26
30
34
26
30
26
30
30
35
40
40
41
50
50
50
60
60
80
80
100
129033
119043
119043
119040
119053
119053
119053
119063
119063
119083
119083
119103
5.7
15.2
22.0
16.8
28.2
23.0
45.1
39.2
65.0
95.7
103.0
194.0
5.2
7.5
8.6
7.5
4.2
8.8
8.8
5.4
6.2
5.7
6.6
7.0
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
60
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
20802601
20803001
20843001
21003001
21202601
21203001
21603001
22003001
26
30
30
30
26
30
30
30
08B
08B
081 \ 083 *
10B
12B
12B
16B
20B
110046
110046
111044 \ 6
110056
110066
110066
110088
110106
13.5
20.4
15.4
20.0
37.0
52.0
100.6
165.8
7.1
7.4
6.8
7.8
5.0
5.6
5.8
6.3
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-15
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
60
High #
High #
High #
High #
High #
High #
High #
High #
Ultra Violet resistant Roll-Rings® for use in equipment
where the Roll-Ring® is exposed to Ultra Violet Light
ie. agricultural machinery, community service
equipment, building machines etc.
~ For special operational temperatures lower or higher than
those listed please consult Renold.
* To fit all roller chain widths from 1/8 to 5/16".
* * At 20°C maximum adjustment, without dynamic expansive
force proportional to chain speed.
NB Ultra Violet resistant Roll-Rings0® have different mechanical
properties to the standard Roll-Ring® which could result in a
lower service life.
The above information is based on current knowledge and
experience, we reserve the right to make modifications as part of
our technical product improvement programme.
Maximum
ambient temperature
~
Industries
Typical applications:
Agricultural machinery
Kiln conveyors
Baggage handling
Cardboard manufacture
Ground compression
machines
Manufacture of drive
systems
Manufacture of pressing
plants
Paper cutting machines
Printing machines
Road building machines
Robotics
Roller drive systems
Tile manufacture
Transport systems
Wood chip conveying
Chocolate manufacture
Registered trademark
641 683 from Ebert
The range of ROLL-RING® products continues to increase. Please consult Renold to discuss your particular requirements.
66
Resistant to
ultra violet light
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Transmission Sprocket Details
Sprockets for Transmission Chain
Renold manufacture a comprehensive range of stock sprockets for
British Standard chain up to two inch pitch.
Other sizes of sprocket, including those to American Standard
dimensions, are available on request.
Special sprockets are also manufactured on request, in special
materials or formats, normally to suit a specific application in harsh
or difficult drive situations, examples being:
Sprockets incorporating shafts.
Combination sprockets (two or more sprockets combined
having different pitch sizes and numbers of teeth).
Sprockets in two or more sections, i.e. split sprockets or
segmental sprockets.
Welded or detachable hubs.
Shear pin devices fitted.
Necklace sprockets made up of chain plates and individual
tooth sections for turning large drums or tables.
Sprocket and Chain Compatibility
Most drives have an even number of pitches in the chain and by using
a driver sprocket with an odd number of teeth, uniform wear
distribution over both chain and sprocket teeth is ensured. Even
numbers of teeth for both the driver and driven sprockets can be used,
but wear distribution on both the sprocket teeth and chain is poor.
1
Number of Teeth
The maximum number of teeth in any driven sprocket should not
exceed 114. This limitation is due to the fact that for a given elongation
of chain due to wear, the working pitch diameter of the chain on the
sprocket increases in relation to the nominal pitch diameter, i.e. the
chain assumes a higher position on the sprocket tooth. The allowable
safe chain wear is considered to be in the order of 2% elongation over
nominal length.
A simple formula for determining how much chain elongation a
sprocket can accommodate is 200
N
expressed as a percentage where N is the number of teeth on the
largest sprocket in the drive system.
It is good practice to have the sum of teeth not less than 50 where
both the driver and driven sprockets are operated by the same chain,
e.g. on a 1:1 ratio drive. both sprockets should have 25 teeth each.
SPLIT
SPROCKET
Centre Distance
For optimum wear life, centre distance between two sprockets should
normally be within the range 30 to 50 times the chain pitch. On drive
proposals with centre distances below 30 pitches or greater than 2m,
we would recommend that the drive details are discussed with our
technical staff.
The minimum centre distance is sometimes governed by the amount of
chain lap on the driver sprocket, our normal recommendation in this
circumstance being not less than six teeth in engagement with the
chain.
NECKLACE
SPROCKET
Minimum six teeth
Selection of Sprocket Materials
Choice of material and heat treatment will depend upon shape,
diameter and mass of the sprocket. The table below
can be used as a simple guide on the correct selection of sprocket
material.
SPROCKET
UP TO 29T
30T AND
OVER
SMOOTH
RUNNING
EN8
or
EN9
Cast Iron
MODERATE
SHOCKS
HEAVY
SHOCKS
EN8 or EN9
Hardened and
Tempered or
Case Hardened
Mild Steel
EN8 or EN9
Hardened and
Tempered or
Case Hardened
Mild Steel
Mild Steel or
Meehanite
EN8 or EN9
Hardened and
Tempered or
Case Hardened
Mild Steel
The centre distance is also governed by the desirability of using a
chain with an even number of pitches to avoid the use of a cranked
link, a practice that is not recommended except in special
circumstances.
For a drive in the horizontal plane, the shortest centre distance
possible should be used consistent with recommended chain lap
(minimum six teeth) on the driver sprocket.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
67
Transmission Sprockets ISO606
9.525mm (0.375”) Pitch
Tooth Width SIMPLEX
Tooth Width
Tooth Width DUPLEX
Tooth Width TRIPLEX
B1 - 5.3 mm
b1 - 5.2 mm
B2 - 15.4 mm
B3 - 25.6 mm
1
Key
Steel
Cast Iron
Plain Bore - Steel
SIMPLEX
Bore D
Min
Max
No PCD
of
Teeth
Top
Dia
A
Part
No
C
11
12
13
14
15
33.80
36.80
39.80
42.80
45.81
37.5
40.5
43.5
46.5
49.5
06B1/11T
06B1/12T
06B1/13T
06B1/14T
06B1/15T
8
8
10
10
10
16
17
18
19
20
48.82
51.83
54.85
57.87
60.89
52.5
55.5
58.6
61.6
64.6
06B1/16T
06B1/17T
06B1/18T
06B1/19T
06B1/20T
21
22
23
24
25
63.91
66.93
69.95
72.97
76.00
67.6
70.6
73.7
76.7
79.7
26 79.02 82.7
27 82.04 85.7
30 91.12 94.8
38 115.34 119.0
DUPLEX
Bore D
Min
Max
Boss Dist’
Dia
Thro’
E
Part
No
F
14
16
16
20
22
22
25
28
31
34
25
25
25
25
25
06B2/11T
06B2/12T
06B2/13T
06B2/14T
06B2/15T
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
22
25
25
28
30
37
40
43
45
46
28
28
28
28
28
06B2/17T
06B2/19T
06B2/20T
06B1/21T
06B1/22T
06B1/23T
06B1/24T
06B1/25T
12
12
12
12
12
32
32
38
38
38
48
50
52
54
57
28
28
28
28
28
06B1/26T
06B1/27T
06B1/30T
06B1/38T
12
12
12
16
38
38
35
42
60
60
60
70
28
28
28
30
TRIPLEX
Bore D
Min Max
Boss Dist’
Dia
Thro’
E
Part
No
F
Boss
Dia
E
Dist’
Thro’
F
14
16
16
20
22
22
25
28
31
34
30
30
30
30
30
06B3/11T
06B3/12T
06B3/13T
06B3/14T
06B3/15T
12
12
12
12
12
14
16
16
22
22
22
25
28
31
34
35
35
35
35
35
12
12
12
25
28
30
40
46
49
30
30
30
06B3/17T
06B3/19T
06B3/20T
12
12
12
25
28
30
40
46
49
35
35
35
06B2/21T
06B2/23T
06B2/25T
16
16
16
35
42
42
52
58
64
30
30
30
06B3/21T
06B3/23T
06B3/25T
16
16
16
35
42
42
52
58
64
40
40
40
06B2/27T
06B2/30T
06B2/38T
16
16
16
42
40
50
70
79
90
30
30
30
06B3/27T
06B3/30T
06B3/38T
16
16
16
42
45
55
70
79
90
40
40
40
24
24
28
28
35
50
50
55
55
65
90
90
95
95
110
25
25
38
38
52
06B3/57T
06B3/76T
06B3/95T
06B3/114T
-
28
28
28
28
-
55
65
65
65
-
95
110
110
110
-
38
45
45
52
-
Plain Bore - Heavy Duty Cast Iron
57
76
95
114
150
172.94
230.49
288.08
345.68
454.81
177.5
235.1
292.7
350.3
461.2
06B1/57T
06B1/76T
06B1/95T
06B1/114T
06B1/150T
19
19
24
24
24
45
45
50
50
50
80
80
90
90
90
25
25
25
38
45
06B2/57T
06B2/76T
06B2/95T
06B2/114T
06B2/150T
Taper Bore - Steel
Taper
Bush
17 51.83 55.5
19 57.87 61.6
21 63.91 67.6
23 69.95 73.7
25 76.00 79.7
38 115.34 119.0
T06B1/17T
T06B1/19T
T06B1/21T
T06B1/23T
T06B1/25T
T06B1/38T
TB1008
TB1008
TB1008
TB1210
TB1210
TB1210
Taper
Bush
45
45
46
63
63
70
22
22
22
25
25
25
T06B2/17T
T06B2/19T
T06B2/21T
T06B2/23T
T06B2/25T
T06B2/38T
Taper
Bush
TB1008
TB1008
TB1008
TB1210
TB1210
TB1610
41
46
49
59
64
80
22
22
22
25
25
25
T06B3/17T
T06B3/19T
T06B3/21T
T06B3/23T
T06B3/25T
T06B3/38T
TB1008
TB1008
TB1008
TB1210
TB1210
TB1615
90
25.6
25.6
25.6
25.6
25.6
38
TB1610
TB1610
TB1615
TB1615
90
90
95
95
25
25
38
38
T06B3/57T
T06B3/76T
-
TB1615
TB2017
-
95
110
-
38
45
-
Taper Bore - Heavy Duty Cast Iron
57
76
95
114
172.94
230.49
288.08
345.68
177.5
235.1
292.7
350.3
T06B1/57T
T06B1/76T
T06B1/95T
T06B1/114T
TB1210
TB1210
TB1210
TB1615
80
80
90
90
25
25
25
38
T06B2/57T
T06B2/76T
T06B2/95T
T06B2/114T
REBORE, KEYWAY AND SETSCREW MODIFICATION SERVICE AVAILABLE - SEE PAGE 73
68
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Transmission Sprockets ISO606
12.7mm (0.500”) Pitch
Tooth Width SIMPLEX
Tooth Width
Tooth Width DUPLEX
Tooth Width TRIPLEX
B1 - 7.2 mm
b1 - 7.1 mm
B2 - 21.0 mm
B3 - 34.9 mm
1
Key
Steel
Cast Iron
Plain Bore - Steel
SIMPLEX
Bore D
Min
Max
Boss Dist’
Dia
Thro’
E
F
Part
No
DUPLEX
Bore D
Min
Max
19
22
25
25
32
29
33
37
41
45
25
28
28
28
28
08B2/11T
08B2/12T
08B2/13T
08B2/14T
08B2/15T
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
33
35
35
40
42
50
52
56
60
64
28
28
28
28
28
08B2/17T
08B2/19T
08B2/20T
08B1/21T
08B1/22T
08B1/23T
08B1/24T
08B1/25T
14
14
14
14
14
45
45
45
45
45
68
70
70
70
70
28
28
28
28
28
08B1/26T
08B1/27T
08B1/30T
08B1/38T
16
16
16
16
45
45
48
60
70
70
80
90
30
30
30
35
No PCD
of
Teeth
Top
Dia
A
Part
No
C
11
12
13
14
15
45.07
49.07
53.07
57.07
61.09
49.9
53.9
57.9
61.9
65.9
08B1/11T
08B1/12T
08B1/13T
08B1/14T
08B1/15T
10
10
10
10
10
16
17
18
19
20
65.10
69.11
73.14
77.16
81.18
69.9
74.0
78.0
82.0
86.0
08B1/16T
08B1/17T
08B1/18T
08B1/19T
08B1/20T
21 85.22 90.1
22 89.24 94.1
23 93.27 98.1
24 97.29 102.1
25 101.33 106.2
26
27
30
38
105.36
109.40
121.50
153.80
110.2
114.2
126.3
158.6
Boss Dist’
Dia
Thro’
E
F
Part
No
TRIPLEX
Bore D
Min Max
20
22
25
28
32
32
35
38
42
46
35
35
35
35
35
08B3/11T
08B3/12T
08B3/13T
08B3/14T
08B3/15T
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
38
42
42
54
62
66
38
38
38
08B3/17T
08B3/19T
08B3/20T
08B2/21T
08B2/23T
08B2/25T
16
16
16
45
45
48
70
70
80
40
40
40
08B2/27T
08B2/30T
08B2/38T
16
16
20
58
60
60
85
100
100
28
38
38
38
65
65
65
65
110
110
110
110
Boss
Dia
E
Dist’
Thro’
F
20
22
25
28
32
32
35
38
42
46
50
50
50
50
50
16
16
16
38
42
42
54
62
66
50
50
50
08B3/21T
08B3/23T
08B3/25T
16
16
16
45
45
48
70
70
80
55
55
55
40
40
40
08B3/27T
08B3/30T
08B3/38T
20
20
25
58
60
72
85
100
120
55
55
55
32
45
52
58
08B3/57T
08B3/76T
08B3/95T
08B3/114T
28
38
38
38
65
75
75
75
110
130
130
130
45
64
64
72
Plain Bore - Heavy Duty Cast Iron
57
76
95
114
230.54
307.33
384.11
460.90
237.1
313.9
390.7
467.4
08B1/57T
08B1/76T
08B1/95T
08B1/114T
19
19
24
34
60
60
50
50
110
110
90
90
32
32
45
45
08B2/57T
08B2/76T
08B2/95T
08B2/114T
Taper Bore - Steel
Taper
Bush
15 61.08 65.9
17 69.12 74.0
19 77.16 82.0
21 85.21 90.1
23 93.27 98.1
25 101.33 106.2
T08B1/15T
T08B1/17T
T08B1/19T
T08B1/21T
T08B1/23T
T08B1/25T
TB1008
TB1210
TB1210
TB1610
TB1610
TB1610
Taper
Bush
45
60
63
71
76
76
22
25
25
25
25
25
T08B2/15T
T08B2/17T
T08B2/19T
T08B2/21T
T08B2/23T
T08B2/25T
Taper
Bush
TB1008
TB1210
TB1210
TB1610
TB1610
TB2012
48
56
64
71
79
87
22
25
25
25
25
32
T08B3/19T
T08B3/21T
T08B3/23T
T08B3/25T
TB1215
TB1615
TB1615
TB2017
62
70
70
-
38
38
38
34.9
TB2012
TB2012
TB2012
TB2012
TB2517
100
110
110
110
125
32
32
32
32
45
T08B3/38T
T08B3/57T
T08B3/76T
-
TB2017
TB2017
TB2525
-
110
130
-
34.9
45
64
-
Taper Bore - Heavy Duty Cast Iron
38
57
76
95
114
153.79
230.54
307.33
384.11
460.90
158.6
237.1
313.9
390.7
467.4
T08B1/38T
T08B1/57T
T08B1/76T
T08B1/95T
T08B1/114T
TB2012
TB2012
TB2012
TB2012
TB2017
90
110
110
110
110
32
32
32
32
32
T08B2/38T
T08B2/57T
T08B2/76T
T08B2/95T
T08B2/114T
REBORE, KEYWAY AND SETSCREW MODIFICATION SERVICE AVAILABLE - SEE PAGE 73
www.renold.com engineering excellence
69
Transmission Sprockets ISO606
15.875mm (0.625”) Pitch
Tooth Width SIMPLEX
Tooth Width
Tooth Width DUPLEX
Tooth Width TRIPLEX
B1 - 9.2 mm
b1 - 9.0 mm
B2 - 25.6 mm
B3 - 42.2 mm
1
Key
Steel
Cast Iron
Plain Bore - Steel
SIMPLEX
Bore D
Min
Max
Boss Dist’
Dia
Thro’
E
F
Part
No
DUPLEX
Bore D
Min
Max
25
28
30
32
32
37
42
47
52
57
30
30
30
30
30
10B2/11T
10B2/12T
10B2/13T
10B2/14T
10B2/15T
16
16
16
16
16
12
12
14
14
14
36
36
42
42
45
60
60
70
70
75
30
30
30
30
30
10B2/17T
10B2/19T
10B2/20T
10B1/21T
10B1/22T
10B1/23T
10B1/24T
10B1/25T
16
16
16
16
16
45
48
48
48
48
75
80
80
80
80
30
30
30
30
30
10B1/26T
10B1/27T
10B1/30T
10B1/38T
20
20
20
20
50
50
55
60
85
85
90
100
35
35
35
35
No PCD
of
Teeth
Top
Dia
A
Part
No
C
11
12
13
14
15
56.34
61.34
66.32
71.34
76.36
63.2
68.2
73.2
78.2
83.2
10B1/11T
10B1/12T
10B1/13T
10B1/14T
10B1/15T
12
12
12
12
12
16
17
18
19
20
81.37
86.39
91.42
96.45
101.49
88.3
93.3
98.3
103.3
108.4
10B1/16T
10B1/17T
10B1/18T
10B1/19T
10B1/20T
21
22
23
24
25
106.52
111.55
116.58
121.62
126.66
113.4
118.4
123.5
128.5
133.6
26
27
30
38
131.70
136.75
151.87
192.24
138.6
143.6
158.8
199.1
Boss Dist’
Dia
Thro’
E
F
Part
No
Bore
Min
25
28
30
30
36
39
44
49
54
59
40
40
40
40
40
-
-
16
16
16
42
48
50
69
79
84
45
45
45
-
10B2/21T
10B2/23T
10B2/25T
16
16
16
50
60
65
85
95
105
45
45
45
10B2/30T
-
20
-
72
-
120
-
-
-
-
TRIPLEX
D
Max
Boss
Dia
E
Dist’
Thro’
F
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
45
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Plain Bore - Heavy Duty Cast Iron
57
76
95
114
288.18
384.15
480.14
576.13
296.6
392.5
488.5
584.5
10B1/57T
10B1/76T
10B1/95T
10B1/114T
24
28
28
38
50
50
50
75
90
90
90
130
45
52
58
58
-
Taper Bore - Steel
Taper
Bush
15
17
19
21
23
25
76.36
86.40
96.45
106.51
116.59
126.66
83.2
93.3
103.3
113.4
123.5
133.6
T10B1/15T
T10B1/17T
T10B1/19T
T10B1/21T
T10B1/23T
T10B1/25T
TB1210
TB1610
TB1610
TB1610
TB1610
TB2012
Taper
Bush
60
71
75
76
76
90
25
25
25
25
25
32
-
-
Taper
Bush
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Taper Bore - Heavy Duty Cast Iron
38
57
76
95
151.87
288.18
384.15
480.14
158.8
296.6
392.5
488.5
T10B1/38T
T10B1/57T
T10B1/76T
T10B1/95T
TB2012
TB2012
TB2012
TB2012
90
110
115
115
32
32
32
45
-
-
REBORE, KEYWAY AND SETSCREW MODIFICATION SERVICE AVAILABLE - SEE PAGE 73
70
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Transmission Sprockets ISO606
19.05mm (0.750”) Pitch
Tooth Width SIMPLEX
Tooth Width
Tooth Width DUPLEX
Tooth Width TRIPLEX
B1 - 11.1 mm
b1 - 10.9 mm
B2 - 30.4 mm
B3 - 49.8 mm
* Welded Hub
1
Key
Steel
Cast Iron
Plain Bore - Steel
SIMPLEX
Bore D
Min
Max
No PCD
of
Teeth
Top
Dia
A
Part
No
C
11
12
13
14
15
67.62
73.60
79.59
85.61
91.63
75.8
81.8
87.8
93.8
99.8
12B1/11T
12B1/12T
12B1/13T
12B1/14T
12B1/15T
16
16
16
16
16
16
17
18
19
20
97.65
103.67
109.71
115.74
121.78
105.8
111.9
117.9
123.9
130.0
12B1/16T
12B1/17T
12B1/18T
12B1/19T
12B1/20T
21
22
23
24
25
127.82
133.86
139.90
145.94
152.00
136.1
142.1
148.1
154.1
160.2
26
27
30
38
158.04
164.09
182.25
230.69
166.2
172.3
190.4
238.9
DUPLEX
Bore D
Min
Max
Boss Dist’
Dia
Thro’
E
F
Part
No
30
32
38
42
48
46
52
58
64
70
35
35
35
35
35
12B2/11T
12B2/12T
12B2/13T
12B2/14T
12B2/15T
16
16
16
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
50
53
53
53
53
75
80
80
80
80
35
35
35
35
35
12B2/17T
12B2/19T
12B2/20T
12B1/21T
12B1/22T
12B1/23T
12B1/24T
12B1/25T
20
20
20
20
20
55
55
55
55
55
90
90
90
90
90
40
40
40
40
40
12B1/26T
12B1/27T
12B1/30T
12B1/38T
20
20
20
25
55
55
55
60
95
95
95
100
40
40
40
40
TRIPLEX
Bore D
Min Max
Boss Dist’
Dia
Thro’
E
F
Part
No
Boss
Dia
E
Dist’
Thro’
F
30
32
38
42
48
47
53
59
65
71
50
50
50
50
50
12B3/11T
12B3/12T
12B3/13T
12B3/14T
12B3/15T
20
20
20
20
20
30
32
38
42
48
47
53
59
65
71
70
70
70
70
70
20
20
20
50
55
60
83
95
100
50
50
50
12B3/17T
12B3/19T
12B3/20T
20
20
20
50
55
60
83
95
100
70
70
70
12B2/21T
12B2/23T
12B2/25T
20
20
20
60
66
72
100
110
120
50
50
50
12B3/21T
12B3/23T
12B3/25T
25
25
25
60
66
72
100
110
120
70
70
70
12B2/27T
12B2/30T
12B2/38T*
20
20
25
72
72
72
120
120
120
50
50
50
12B3/27T
12B3/30T
12B3/38T*
25
25
25
72
72
78
120
120
130
70
70
70
38
48
55
55
65
90
90
100
115
155
155
170
64
76
76
88
12B3/57T
12B3/76T
12B3/95T
12B3/114T
48
55
38
48
90
90
100
100
160
165
172
178
76
76
76
76
Plain Bore - Heavy Duty Cast Iron
57
76
95
114
345.81
460.98
576.17
691.36
355.9
471.1
586.2
701.4
12B1/57T
12B1/76T
12B1/95T
12B1/114T
28
35
38
38
55
55
65
75
110
110
110
130
52
58
64
64
12B2/57T
12B2/76T
12B2/95T
12B2/114T
Taper Bore - Steel
Taper
Bush
15
17
19
21
23
25
91.63
103.67
115.74
127.82
139.90
152.00
99.8
111.9
123.9
136.0
148.1
160.2
12B1/15T
12B1/17T
12B1/19T
12B1/21T
12B1/23T
12B1/25T
TB1610
TB1610
TB2012
TB2517
TB2517
TB2517
Taper
Bush
71
76
90
102
108
108
25
25
32
44
44
44
12B2/15T
12B2/17T
12B2/19T
12B2/21T
12B2/23T
12B2/25T
Taper
Bush
TB1615
TB1615
TB2012
TB2517
TB2517
TB2517
72
80
90
107
108
108
38
38
32
44
44
44
12B3/15T
12B3/17T
12B3/19T
12B3/21T
12B3/23T
T2B3/25T
TB1615
TB2012
TB2012
TB2517
TB2517
TB2517
-
49.8
49.8
49.8
49.8
49.8
49.8
TB3020
TB3020
TB3020
TB3020
TB3030
140
155
155
155
170
51
51
51
51
76
T12B3/38T
T12B3/57T
T12B3/76T
T12B3/95T
T12B3/114T
TB3020
TB3020
TB3020
TB3030
TB3030
140
160
160
172
178
51
51
51
76
76
Taper Bore - Heavy Duty Cast Iron
38
57
76
95
114
230.69
345.81
460.98
576.17
691.36
238.9
355.9
471.1
586.2
701.4
T12B1/38T
T12B1/57T
T12B1/76T
T12B1/95T
T12B1/114T
TB2517
TB2517
TB2517
TB2517
TB2525
108
125
125
130
130
44
45
45
45
64
T12B2/38T
T12B2/57T
T12B2/76T
T12B2/95T
T12B2/114T
REBORE, KEYWAY AND SETSCREW MODIFICATION SERVICE AVAILABLE - SEE PAGE 73
www.renold.com engineering excellence
71
Transmission Sprockets ISO606
25.4mm (1.000”) Pitch
Tooth Width SIMPLEX
Tooth Width
Tooth Width DUPLEX
Tooth Width TRIPLEX
B1 - 16.2 mm
b1 - 15.8 mm
B2 - 47.7 mm
B3 - 79.6 mm
* Welded Hub
1
Key
Steel
Cast Iron
Plain Bore - Steel
No PCD
of
Teeth
Top
Dia
A
Part
No
C
SIMPLEX
Bore D
Min
Max
Boss Dist’
Dia
Thro’
E
F
Part
No
DUPLEX
Bore D
Min
Max
Boss Dist’
Dia
Thro’
E
F
Part
No
TRIPLEX
Bore D
Min Max
Boss
Dia
E
Dist’
Thro’
F
11 90.14 101.7
12 98.14 109.7
13 106.12 117.7
14 114.15 125.7
15 122.17 133.7
16B1/11T
16B1/12T
16B1/13T
16B1/14T
16B1/15T
16
16
16
16
16
40
45
50
55
60
61
69
78
84
92
40
40
40
40
40
16B2/11T
16B2/12T
16B2/13T
16B2/14T
16B2/15T
20
20
20
20
20
44
45
50
55
60
64
72
80
88
96
70
70
70
70
70
16B3/11T
16B3/12T
16B3/13T
16B3/14T
16B3/15T
25
25
25
25
25
44
45
50
55
60
64
72
80
88
96
100
100
100
100
100
16
17
18
19
20
130.20
138.22
146.28
154.33
162.38
141.8
149.8
157.8
165.9
173.9
16B1/16T
16B1/17T
16B1/18T
16B1/19T
16B1/20T
20
20
20
20
20
60
60
60
60
60
100
100
100
100
100
45
45
45
45
45
16B2/17T
16B2/19T
16B2/20T
25
25
25
72
82
85
112
128
130
70
70
70
16B3/17T
16B3/19T
16B3/20T
25
25
25
72
82
85
112
128
130
100
100
100
21
22
23
24
25
170.43
178.48
186.53
194.59
202.66
182.0
190.1
198.1
206.2
214.2
16B1/21T
16B1/22T
16B1/23T
16B1/24T
16B1/25T
20
20
20
20
20
70
70
70
70
70
110
110
110
110
110
50
50
50
50
50
16B2/21T
16B2/23T*
16B2/25T*
25
25
25
85
85
85
130
130
130
70
70
70
16B3/21T*
16B3/23T*
16B3/25T*
25
25
25
85
85
85
130
130
130
100
100
100
26
27
30
38
210.72
218.79
243.00
307.59
222.3
230.4
254.6
319.2
16B1/26T
16B1/27T
16B1/30T
16B1/38T*
20
20
20
25
75
75
75
75
120
120
120
120
50
50
50
50
16B2/27T*
16B2/30T*
16B2/38T*
25
25
25
85
85
90
130
130
140
70
70
70
16B3/27T*
16B3/30T*
16B3/38T*
30
30
30
85
85
90
130
130
140
100
100
100
38
48
48
48
100
100
110
110
178
178
216
203
89
89
102
114
16B3/57T
16B3/76T
16B3/95T
16B3/114T
48
55
55
55
110
110
110
125
216
216
216
222
102
102
102
127
Plain Bore - Heavy Duty Cast Iron
57
76
95
114
461.08
614.64
768.22
921.82
474.9
628.4
782.0
935.6
16B1/57T
16B1/76T
16B1/95T
16B1/114T
35
35
48
38
75
75
75
100
130
135
135
172
76
76
90
98
16B2/57T
16B2/76T
16B2/95T
16B2/114T
Taper Bore - Steel
Taper
Bush
15
17
19
21
23
25
122.17
138.23
154.32
170.42
186.54
202.66
133.7
149.8
165.9
182.0
198.1
214.2
T16B1/15T
T16B1/17T
T16B1/19T
T16B1/21T
T16B1/23T
T16B1/25T
TB1615
TB2012
TB2517
TB2517
TB2517
TB2517
Taper
Bush
76
90
108
110
110
110
38
32
44
44
44
44
T16B2/15T
T16B2/17T
T16B2/19T
T16B2/21T
T16B2/23T
T16B2/25T
Taper
Bush
TB2012
TB2517
TB2517
TB3020
TB3020
TB3020
140
140
140
47.7
47.7
47.7
51
51
51
T16B3/17T
T16B3/19T
T16B3/21T
T16B3/23T
T16B3/25T
TB2525
TB3030
TB3030
TB3535
TB3535
159
175
79.6
79.6
79.6
89
89
TB3030
TB3535
TB3535
TB4040
159
178
178
216
76
89
89
102
T16B3/38T
T16B3/57T
T16B3/76T
T16B3/95T
TB3535
TB4040
TB4040
TB4040
178
216
216
216
89
102
102
102
Taper Bore - Heavy Duty Cast Iron
38
57
76
95
307.58
461.08
614.64
768.22
319.2
474.9
628.4
782.0
T16B1/38T
T16B1/57T
T16B1/76T
T16B1/95T
TB3020
TB3020
TB3020
TB3020
155
155
160
160
51
51
51
51
T16B2/38T
T16B2/57T
T16B2/76T
T16B2/95T
REBORE, KEYWAY AND SETSCREW MODIFICATION SERVICE AVAILABLE - SEE PAGE 73
72
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Transmission Sprockets ISO606
31.75mm to 38.10mm (1.25” to 1.5”) Pitch
Sprocket size
Tooth Width SIMPLEX
Tooth Width
Tooth Width DUPLEX
Tooth Width TRIPLEX
1.25"p
B1 - 18.5
b1 - 18.2
B2 - 54.6
B3 - 91.0
1.5"pitch
24.1mm
23.6mm
72.0mm
120.3mm
1
* Welded Hub
Key
Steel
Cast Iron
1.25” Plain Bore - Steel
No PCD
of
Teeth
17
19
21
23
25
172.80
192.89
213.03
233.17
253.31
Top
Dia
A
190.75
210.26
232.41
252.22
272.03
Part
No
C
20B1/17T
20B1/19T
20B1/21T
20B1/23T
20B1/25T
SIMPLEX
Bore D
Min
Max
25
25
30
30
30
85
85
100
100
100
Boss Dist’
Dia
Thro’
E
F
Part
No
DUPLEX
Bore D
Min
Max
120
120
140
140
140
20B2/17T
20B2/19T
20B2/21T
20B2/23T
20B2/25T
30
30
30
30
30
50
50
55
55
55
85
85
100
100
100
Boss Dist’
Dia
Thro’
E
F
Part
No
TRIPLEX
Bore D
Min Max
120
120
140
140
140
80
80
80
80
80
20B3/17T
20B3/19T
20B3/21T
20B3/23T
20B3/25T
30
30
30
30
30
Boss
Dia
E
Dist’
Thro’
F
85
85
100
100
100
120
120
140
140
140
115
115
115
115
115
1.25” Plain Bore - Heavy Duty Cast Iron
38
57
76
384.48
576.35
768.30
402.08
593.34
784.86
20B1/38T
20B1/57T
20B1/76T
30
48
55
105
95
100
150
170
178
55
81
89
20B2/38T
20B2/57T
20B2/76T
30
65
70
105
110
125
150
206
224
80
127
140
20B3/38T
20B3/57T
20B3/76T
30
70
85
105
125
140
150
222
254
115
147
163
136
136
150
150
150
55
55
60
60
60
24B2/17T
24B2/19T
24B2/21T
24B2/23T
24B2/25T
30
30
30
30
30
95
95
114
114
114
136
160
160
160
160
100
100
100
100
100
24B3/17T
24B3/19T
24B3/21T
24B3/23T
24B3/25T
30
30
40
40
40
95
114
114
114
114
136
160
160
160
160
150
150
150
150
150
160
254
267
100
152
168
24B3/38T
24B3/57T
24B3/76T
40
90
100
114
150
170
160
267
297
150
175
193
1.5” Plain Bore - Steel
17
19
21
23
25
207.34
231.47
255.63
279.81
303.99
225.55
248.67
276.61
300.23
324.10
24B1/17T
24B1/19T
24B1/21T
24B1/23T
24B1/25T
25
25
30
30
30
95
95
105
105
105
1.5” Plain Bore - Heavy Duty Cast Iron
38
57
76
461.37
691.62
921.97
479.81
708.91
938.78
24B1/38T
24B1/57T
24B1/76T
30
60
65
105
110
125
150
196
216
60
122
135
24B2/38T
24B2/57T
24B2/76T
40
80
85
114
140
150
REBORE, KEYWAY AND SETSCREW MODIFICATION SERVICE AVAILABLE - SEE PAGE 73
www.renold.com engineering excellence
73
Transmission Sprockets ISO606
44.45mm to 50.8mm (1.75” to 2.0”) Pitch
Sprocket size
Tooth Width SIMPLEX
Tooth Width
Tooth Width DUPLEX
Tooth Width TRIPLEX
1
1.75"p
B1 - 29.4
b1 - 28.8
B2 - 88.4
B3 - 148.0
2.0"pitch
29.4mm
28.8mm
87.4mm
146.0mm
* Welded Hub
Key
Steel
Cast Iron
1.75” Plain Bore - Steel
No PCD
of
Teeth
Top
Dia
A
Part
No
C
19
21
23
25
292.61
324.36
352.04
379.98
28B1/19T
28B1/21T
28B1/23T
28B1/25T
270.05
298.25
326.44
354.66
SIMPLEX
Bore D
Min
Max
30
30
30
30
114
114
114
114
Boss Dist’
Dia
Thro’
E
F
Part
No
DUPLEX
Bore D
Min
Max
160
160
160
160
28B2/19T
28B2/21T
28B2/23T
28B2/25T
30
30
30
30
75
75
75
75
128
128
128
128
Boss Dist’
Dia
Thro’
E
F
Part
No
TRIPLEX
Bore D
Min Max
180
180
180
180
120
120
120
120
28B3/19T
28B3/21T
28B3/23T
28B3/25T
30
40
40
40
Boss
Dia
E
Dist’
Thro’
F
128
128
128
128
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
1.75” Plain Bore - Heavy Duty Cast Iron
38 538.28 538.28
57 806.88 829.31
76 1075.61 1097.53
28B1/38T
28B1/57T
28B1/76T
30
70
85
128
125
140
180
224
244
75
147
165
28B2/38T
28B2/57T
28B2/76T
40
100
100
142
150
150
200
267
267
120
165
165
28B3/38T
28B3/57T
28B3/76T
40
105
120
142
188
202
200
264
284
180
165
178
160
180
180
180
90
90
90
90
32B2/19T
32B2/21T
32B2/23T
32B2/25T
40
40
40
40
142
142
142
142
200
200
200
200
120
120
120
120
32B3/19T
32B3/21T
32B3/23T
32B3/25T
40
40
40
40
142
142
142
142
200
200
200
200
180
180
180
180
244
264
284
165
165
178
32B3/38T
32B3/57T
32B3/76T
105
120
130
188
202
232
264
284
325
165
178
191
2.0” Plain Bore - Steel
19
21
23
25
308.64
340.84
373.08
405.31
337.82
372.66
404.37
436.12
32B1/19T
32B1/21T
32B1/23T
32B1/25T
30
40
40
40
114
128
128
128
2.0” Plain Bore - Heavy Duty Cast Iron
38 615.16 644.40
57 922.17 950.47
76 1229.28 1275.05
32B1/38T
32B1/57T
32B1/76T
40
85
100
142
174
190
200
244
267
90
165
165
32B2/38T
32B2/57T
32B2/76T
100
105
120
174
188
202
REBORE, KEYWAY AND SETSCREW MODIFICATION SERVICE AVAILABLE - SEE PAGE 73
74
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Transmission Sprockets Modifications and Specials
Renold Large Pitch Sprockets
American (ANSI) Standard
Sprockets
Detailed in this catalogue are SIMPLE, DUPLEX and TRIPLEX
sprockets for British Standard Transmission Chain up to 1.00" pitch.
1.25" to 2.00" pitch sprockets are available to Renold specifications
from stock. For more details contact Renold Chain. Renold also
manufacture sprockets of intermediate numbers of teeth to suit
single or multi-strand chains.
Sprockets to suit chain manufactured to ANSI specification B 29.1
are made to order.
1
Rebore, Keyway and Setscrew
Modification Service
Special Sprockets
Catalogued stock sprockets are supplied either taper bored or pilot
bored. This pilot bore allows a larger finished bore to standard H8
tolerances to be machined. A bore to H7 tolerance can also be
supplied on request. Keyways to imperial or metric specifications
and setscrews can also be machined. A rebore, keyway and
setscrew modification service is available and further details can be
obtained on request.
In addition to this stock range, special design sprockets in normal or
special materials can be manufactured to specific requirements.
Taper Bushes
Taper bushes provide the quickest and simplest means of securing
sprockets to a range of both imperial and metric shafts and are
designed to give maximum grip.
The taper surface to both the bush and sprocket combine to provide
a load bearing connection by the lock action of the hardened high
tensile screws.
OUR RANGE OF TAPER BUSHES ARE FULLY INTERCHANGEABLE
WITH MOST OTHER MAKES OF TAPER BUSH.
BUSH No
TB1008
TB1210
TB1215
TB1610
TB1615
TB2012
TB2017
TB2517
TB2525
TB3020
TB3030
TB3535
TB4040
AVAILABLE BORE SIZES - METRIC mm
9
11
11
14
14
14
18
16
19
25
35
35
40
10
12
12
16
16
16
19
18
20
28
38
38
42
12
14
14
18
18
18
20
19
22
30
40
40
45
14
16
16
19
19
19
22
20
24
32
42
42
48
16
18
18
20
20
20
24
22
25
35
45
45
50
18
19
19
22
22
22
25
24
28
38
48
48
55
19
20
20
24
24
24
28
25
30
40
50
50
60
BUSH No
AVAILABLE BORE SIZES - IMPERIAL Inch
TB1008
TB1210
TB1215
TB1610
TB1615
TB2012
TB2017
TB2517
TB2525
TB3020
TB3030
TB3535
TB4040
0.375
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
1.00
1.250
1.375
1.625
2.00
0.437
0.625
0.562
0.625
0.625
0.625
0.812
0.875
1.125
1.375
1.500
1.750
2.125
0.50
0.750
0.625
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.875
1.00
1.250
1.50
1.625
1.875
2.250
0.625
1.00
0.750
0.875
0.875
0.975
0.937
1.125
1.375
1.625
1.750
2.00
2.375
0.750
1.125
0.875
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.250
1.50
1.750
1.875
2.125
2.50
1.000
1.250
1.00
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.375
1.625
1.875
2.00
2.250
2.625
20
22
22
25
25
25
30
28
32
42
55
55
65
22
24
24
28
28
28
32
30
35
45
60
60
70
1.125
1.250
1.250
1.250
1.250
1.437
1.750
2.00
2.125
2.375
2.750
1.250
1.50
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.50
1.875
2.125
2.250
2.50
2.875
24
25
25
30
30
30
35
32
38
48
65
65
75
25
28
28
32
32
32
38
35
40
50
70
70
80
30
30
35
35
35
40
38
42
55
75
75
85
1.625
1.437
1.50
1.437
1.625
2.00
2.250
2.375
2.625
3.00
1.50
1.625
1.50
1.750
2.125
2.375
2.50
2.750
3.125
1.625
1.750
1.625
1.875
2.250
2.50
2.625
2.875
3.250
32
32
38
38
38
42
40
45
60
40
40
40
45
42
48
65
42
42
42
48
45
50
70
80
90
85
95
90
100
1.875
1.750
2.00
2.375
2.625
2.750
3.00
3.375
2.00
1.875
2.125
2.500
2.750
2.875
3.125
3.50
44
50
48
55
75
2.00
2.250
2.875
3.00
3.250
3.625
45
48
50
50
60
55
60
2.375
2.500
3.00
3.375
3.750
3.50
4.00
## WHEN ORDERING SPECIFY BOTH THE BUSH NUMBER AND BORE SIZE REQUIRED
www.renold.com engineering excellence
75
Transmission Counterweight Sets
Key
1.
2.
3.
4.
1
Chain
Guide pulley
Anchor stud
End attachment link
Unlike link chains,
transmission chains are
exempt from annual annealing
requirements for this type of
application.
Guide Pulleys
Renold
Chain
No
Part
No
Stock
Bore
Max
Bore
B
Width
Over
Flanges
C
Distance
Through
Boss
D
Chain
Pitch
Dia
E
A
Outside
Dia
F
12
12
14
19
30
25
25
32
35
50
23
28
31
38
54
25
32
38
45
64
80.14
85.98
105.41
126.37
171.58
89
95
114
140
191
12
14
19
30
25
32
35
50
28
31
38
54
32
38
45
64
85.98
105.41
126.37
171.58
95
114
140
191
STANDARD ROLLER CHAINS
111046
110046
110056
110066
110088
661200
661201*
661202*
661203*
661204*
EXTENDED PITCH ROLLER CHAINS
113083
113103
113123
113168
661201
661202
661203
661204
*Sprockets can be supplied for use with these chains.
Anchor Studs
Renold
Chain
No
Part
No
Overall Length Thread Length Metric Thread Pin to
Max
Max
Size
Shoulder Max
G
H
J
K
STANDARD ROLLER CHAINS
111046
110046
110056
110066
110088
661031
661032
661033
661034
661035
27
32
41
44
62
16.4
20
26
26
39
M8-1.25
M10-1.50
M12-1.75
M16-2.00
M20-2.50
5.72
6.86
7.82
9.14
11.81
32
41
44
62
20
26
26
39
M10-1.50
M12-1.75
M16-2.00
M20-2.50
6.86
7.82
9.14
11.81
EXTENDED PITCH ROLLER CHAINS
113083
113103
113123
113168
661032
661033
661034
661035
End Attachment Links
Renold
Chain
No
111046
110046
110056
110066
110088
Part
No
111046/230
110046/230
110056/230
110066/230
110088/230
Inside
Width
Min
L
7.6
11.4
13.4
15.7
25.6
Pitch
Nom
M
Stud
Dia
Max
N
Inner
Link
Head
O
Plate
Head
Max
P
Q
19.05
19.05
25.40
31.75
38.10
8
8
10
11
16
5.8
5.8
6.7
7.8
10.3
17
18.3
21
26
35.4
19.0
24.0
27.0
30.0
42.5
Part No. 230 comprises end attachment link riveted to an inner link (No.4) and is supplied complete.
It is secured to chain by means of an outer link (No. 107).
76
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Clearance
Transmission Rack Sets
Key
1.
2.
3.
4.
Chain
Draw bolt and block
Anchor plate
Sprocket
1
Draw Bolt and Block
Renold
Chain
No
Part
No
Metric
Thread
Size
A
Overall
Length
Max
B
Length
Under Head
Max
C
Head
Width
Max
D
Base to
Chain
Centre
E
Block
Thread
Length
F
Metric
Thread
Size
G
110046
110056
110066
110088
661410
661411
661412
661413
M08-1.25
M10-1.50
M12-1.75
M16-2.00
63
78
90
126
51
64
73
104
11.2
13.1
15.5
25.2
5.08
7.1
8.6
11.17
19.6
26.0
26.0
39.0
M12-1.75
M16-2.00
M16-2.00
M20-2.50
Anchor Plate
Renold
Chain
No
110046
110056
110066
110088
Part
No
661310
661311
661312
661313
Bolt Hole
to Chain Pin
Nom
H
Bolt Hole
Pitch
Nom
J
Hole
Dia
Min
K
Block
Depth
L
Overall Block
Length Width
Max
M
N
Chain
Width
Max
P
12.7
15.9
15.9
25.4
12.7
20.3
20.3
28.0
5.3
8.4
8.4
10.5
12.7
15.9
17.5
22.2
40
55
58
84
11.2
13.1
15.5
25.2
15.9
22.3
22.3
31.8
Sprockets
Renold
Chain
No
Part
No
110046
110056
110066
110088
212461
213011
213461
214011
No.
of
Teeth
19
19
19
19
PCD
Bore
Min
D
Max
A
Top
Dia
C
Boss
Dia
E
Dist'
Thro'
F
77.16
96.45
115.74
154.33
82
103.3
123.9
165.9
12
42
16
20
40
70
53
60
60
70
80
100
28
30
35
45
SEE PAGES 66 TO 72 FOR DIMENSION B1
www.renold.com engineering excellence
77
Transmission Chain Guides
1
PLASTIC GUIDE RAILS HORIZONTAL T-PROFILE
PLASTIC GUIDE RAILS
STEEL REINFORCED HORIZONTAL
PLASTIC GUIDE RAILS
STEEL REINFORCED VERTICAL
Plastic Guide Rails Horizontal
Chain
Technical Details
Chain
ISO
NO
Part
No
06B-1
08B-1
08B-1
10B-1
10B-1
12B-1
12B-1
16B-1
16B-1
20B-1
24B-1
T1 021 510
T1 052 010
T1 052 015
T1 072 010
T1 072 015
T1 082 515
T1 082 520
T1 094 015
T1 094 020
T1 104 515
T1 116 015
A
B
C
D
15.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
25.0
25.0
40.0
40.0
45.0
60.0
10.0
10.0
15.0
10.0
15.0
15.0
20.0
15.0
20.0
15.0
15.0
5.5
7.5
7.5
9.3
9.3
11.3
11.3
16.5
16.5
19.0
24.7
1.5
2.2
2.2
2.6
2.6
2.4
2.4
3.5
3.5
4.2
5.5
Plastic Guide Rails Steel Reinforced Horizontal
Chain
Technical Details
Chain
ISO
No
Part
No
08B-1
08B-1
10B-1
12B-1
12B-1
16B-1
20B-1
24B-1
CT 4/1
CT 6/2
CT 8/2
CT 9/2
CT 10/3
CT 11/3
CT 12/3
CT 13/5
A
B
C
D
E
20.0
17.0
17.0
20.0
23.5
23.5
28.0
33.0
9.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
25.0
7.5
7.5
9.3
11.3
11.3
16.5
19.0
24.7
2.2
2.2
2.6
2.4
2.4
3.5
4.3
5.5
11.0
17.0
17.0
17.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
30.0
Plastic Guide Rails Steel Reinforced Vertical
Chain
78
Technical Details
Chain
ISO
No
Part
No
06B-1
08B-1
10B-1
12B-1
16B-1
20B-1
CGK 1/6
CGK 5/6
CGK 7/6
CGK 8/6
CGK 9/9
CGK 10/9
E
F
G
H
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
40.0
40.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
45.0
45.0
8.7
11.5
13.5
15.9
25.0
28.0
6.6
8.7
10.4
12.3
16.1
19.3
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Rivet Extractors and Chain Lubricant
For Chain Breaking
Screw operated extractors break chain by forcing the Renold end softened bearing pins out of the outer link plates.
For other brands of chain the rivet swell must first be ground away.
1
Part No. 10101
For use with chains:
9.525 mm/0.375" to 15.875 mm/0.625".
BS and ANSI Series.
Part No. 10102
For use with chains:
19.05 mm/0.75" to 31.75 mm/1.25" BS Series.
19.05 mm/0.75" to 25.4 mm/1" ANSI Series.
Chain Lubricant
Renold Chain Lubricant has been specially formulated to ensure positive lubrication and protection to all working surfaces of the chain drive.
It is fast penetrating, does not drip or fling, and is ideal for quick and easy application, particularly on open chain drives where normal
lubrication is not possible.
Fast positive penetration
Does not drip or drain away
Resists centrifugal flinging
Longer chain life
Part No. 611124
For use on 'open' chain drives.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
79
Roller chain catalogue
www.renold.com
Table of Contents
Section 1 - BS and ANSI products and dimensions
Precision roller chain / chain types ................................................................................................................................ 5
Chain branding .............................................................................................................................................................. 6
Renold Synergy brand .................................................................................................................................................... 7
European (BS) Standard
Renold Synergy chain ................................................................................................................................................ 8
A&S Transmission Chain .......................................................................................................................................... 10
Small and large pitch chain ...................................................................................................................................... 12
Standard attachment chain ...................................................................................................................................... 13
Renold Syno nickel plated chain .............................................................................................................................. 22
Renold Syno stainless steel chain ............................................................................................................................ 23
Renold Syno polymer bush chain ............................................................................................................................ 24
Renold Stainless steel chain .................................................................................................................................... 25
Renold Sovereign chain ............................................................................................................................................ 26
Renold Hydro-Service chain .................................................................................................................................... 27
Straight side plate chain............................................................................................................................................ 28
Nickel plated chain.................................................................................................................................................... 29
Cranked link chain .................................................................................................................................................... 30
Hollow pin chain ........................................................................................................................................................ 31
Double pitch chain and Bush chain ........................................................................................................................ 32
Sidebow chain .......................................................................................................................................................... 33
ANSI Standard
Renold Synergy chain .............................................................................................................................................. 34
A&S Transmission Chain .......................................................................................................................................... 36
Small and large pitch chain ...................................................................................................................................... 38
Multiplex chain .......................................................................................................................................................... 39
Standard attachment chain ...................................................................................................................................... 40
Renold Syno nickel plated chain .............................................................................................................................. 48
Renold Syno polymer bush chain ............................................................................................................................ 49
Renold Stainless steel chain .................................................................................................................................... 50
Renold Hydro-Service chain .................................................................................................................................... 51
Renold Ansi Xtra chain.............................................................................................................................................. 52
Nickel plated chain.................................................................................................................................................... 54
Hollow pin chain ........................................................................................................................................................ 55
Double pitch chain .................................................................................................................................................... 56
Specials and Accessories
Klik-Top chain ............................................................................................................................................................ 57
Polymer block chain .................................................................................................................................................. 59
Renold Roll-Ring chain tensioner ............................................................................................................................ 64
Sprockets .................................................................................................................................................................. 67
Transmission counterweight sets.............................................................................................................................. 76
Transmission rack sets.............................................................................................................................................. 77
Transmission chain guides........................................................................................................................................ 78
Rivet extractors and chain lubricant.......................................................................................................................... 79
Section 2 - Chain Installation and Maintenance
Chain Installation and Maintenance ............................................................................................................................ 80
Section 3 - Designer Guide
Designer Guide specification guidelines .................................................................................................................... 93
Section 4 - Industry applications
Examples of Renold Chain in action .......................................................................................................................... 120
Word Index .................................................................................................................................................................. 134
www.renold.com engineering excellence
3
SECTION 2
CHAIN INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE
80
engineering excellence www.renold.com
HEALTH AND SAFETY WARNING
The following precautions must be taken before disconnecting and
removing a chain from a system prior to replacement.
1.
Always isolate the power source from the drive or equipment.
2.
Always wear safety glasses.
3.
Always wear appropriate protective clothing, hats, gloves and
safety shoes as warranted by the circumstances.
4.
Always ensure tools are in good working condition and used in
the proper manner.
5.
Always loosen tensioning devices.
6.
Always support the chain to avoid sudden unexpected
movement of chain or components.
7.
Never attempt to disconnect or reconnect a chain unless the
chain construction is fully understood.
8.
Always ensure that directions for the correct use of any tools are
followed.
9.
Never reuse individual components.
10. Never reuse a damaged chain or chain part.
N.B. Breach of these practices could result in serious injury or death.
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Chain Installation and Maintenance
Introduction
Renold Chain has over 100 years’ experience in the operation and
maintenance of transmission chain. Involvement with designers,
manufacturers and users of all types of equipment has enabled
Renold to develop this definitive guide, designed to pass on the
preferred methods of correct handling, adjustment, installation and
maintenance of transmission chain drives resulting in maximum
chain life.
Checking Sprocket Alignment
Accurate alignment of shafts and sprocket tooth faces provides a
uniform distribution of load across the entire chain width and
contributes substantially to maximum drive life.
Should you require any further information, please contact our
technical sales staff.
2
Equipment Needed
The breaking of chain can be achieved by using a Renold Chain
Extractor, these being:-
311015 for light industrial chains up to 0.5” pitch.
10101 for chains from 0.375” to 0.625” pitch
10102 for chains from 0.75” to 1.25” pitch
For joining any chain up to 2.5” pitch, a drift punch will be required.
Erection of medium or heavy chain drives requires millwrighting
equipment such as lifting tackle, slings, wedges, packing, etc.
OTHER USEFUL EQUIPMENT
Quantity of inner and outer links.
Straight edges and/or strong, fine line.
Spirit level.
Plumb line.
Selection of hammers, files, key blanks, etc.
Use a straight edge across the machined faces of the sprockets in
several different positions, if possible, as a check against wobble. A
nylon or similar line is a good substitute for a straight edge
particularly on longer centre distances.
Should endwise “float” of shafts be present, make due allowance so
that sprocket alignment is correct at the mid position of “float”.
When alignment is correct within closest practical limits, drive the
keys home and take a final check on sprocket alignment.
Preparation
Check equipment to ensure that general transmission requirements
are correct (e.g. flexible couplings, flywheel, means of drive
adjustment).
CORRECT ALIGNMENT
Check condition and rigidity of the shafts and bearings, particularly if
there has been considerable previous service with an alternative
method of transmission. Replace or rectify if necessary.
Driver and driven shafts should be checked to ensure they are level
and parallel to each other. This applies equally to the jockey shaft if
present.
SPROCKETS OUT OF ALIGNMENT
Use a spirit level and adjustable comparator bar or micrometer
between shafts at extreme points on each side of the drive. Rectify
any parallelism error present and mark a permanent datum line for
the adjustable shaft.
Place sprockets or respective shafts in approximate alignment and fit
the keys in accordance with correct engineering practice. Do not
finally secure keys at this stage.
SHAFTS OUT OF ALIGNMENT
Care must be taken with sprockets of split design to ensure perfect
abutting of the faces of each half. Proceed with the key fitting after
the halves are finally bolted together, otherwise the key can prevent
correct assembly and subsequently result in malgearing.
It should be verified that key heads will not project beyond the width
of any chaincases.
82
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Chain Installation
Installation and
and Maintenance
Maintenance
Chain
IMPORTANT NOTE
CHAINCASES
Sprockets should always be designed to be as close to the
supporting bearings as possible.
Installation of Chain
Renold Chain should not be assembled on the sprockets until
attention has been paid to:
1.
2.
Cleanliness of the sprocket teeth, particularly if debris of an
abrasive nature (cement dust, weld spatter, etc.), has been
prevalent whilst work was in progress.
Temporary positioning of the lower section of a chaincase if
present. In restricted spaces, manoeuvering of large sections
is often simplified by using the spaces between shafts
which will later be occupied by the chain.
Ensure the chain is clean and free from debris and place around the
sprockets, observing instructions where matched strands are
involved. In chain of two or more strands, joining is most easily
accomplished at the mid span of the drive, drawing the chain ends
together with a chain clamp or rope tackle block. Ensure that the
strength of the drawing tackle is sufficient to hold the chain. Chain
weights are shown in the Renold catalogue. When inserting the
joining link of multiplex chain, ensure the intermediate plates are
assembled. Do not detach the drawing tackle until the link is
completely assembled. When only partially inserted through inner
links, the weight of the chain on release can “splay” unsupported
bearing pins.
Adjust the chain using the datum mark mentioned in the preparation
section to retain shaft parallelism.
Position the chaincase bottom sections with the shafts concentric
in their cavities.
Manufacture suitable mountings and brackets to ensure rigidity.
Assemble the oil supply and return pipe system and the drive to
the oil pump.
Assemble top section(s) of chaincase.
Fill the oil sump and check delivery to the chain.
2
Chain Adjustment
To maximise chain life, some form of chain length adjustment must
be provided, preferably by moving one of the shafts. See diagram
three. If shaft movement is not possible, an adjustable jockey
sprocket engaging with the unloaded strand of the chain is
recommended. Generally, the jockey should have the same number
of teeth as the driver sprocket and care should be taken to ensure
speed does not exceed the maximum ratings shown.
The chain should be adjusted regularly so that with one strand tight
the slack strand can be moved a distance of 'A' at the mid point. See
diagram one, on this page.
To cater for any eccentricities of mounting, the adjustment of the
chain should be tried through a complete revolution of the large
sprocket.
Adjustment, as shown in these diagrams, is achieved either by the
movement of one of the shafts or by use of the jockey sprocket. The
amount of the adjustment provided by either method should be
sufficient to take up chain wear amounting to two pitches or two
percent elongation above nominal chain length, whichever is the
smaller.
Diagram two
For a chain of average centre distance (30-50 x chain pitch) correct
adjustment is when the mid point of the longest span can be fully
moved by hand in accordance with dimension ‘A’ shown in diagram
one.
2
3
1
Diagram one
RENOLD
A = Total movement
C = Horizontal centre distance
A
C
Total movement 'A' (mm) =
C (mm)
K
When used for adjustment, a jockey should be positioned on the
unloaded side of the chain, preferably nearer to the driven sprocket
and gearing with the outside of the chain; it should have an initial
chain lap of at least three teeth and a free length of chain not less
than four pitches between it and the nearest sprocket. See diagram
two above.
Where K = 25 for smooth drives
= 50 for shock drives
P (mm)
2
A
C
For vertical drives
the total movement
'A' should be
approximately equal to
half the chain pitch (P)
Generally, the number of teeth in any jockey should not be less than
the smallest sprocket and care should be taken to ensure that the
speed does not exceed the maximum recommended. Where
necessary, several sprockets can be used on a single drive, thereby
meeting all possible needs for adjustment.
Over-tensioning should be avoided in all cases.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
83
Chain Installation and Maintenance
All mountings for jockeys should be rigid and when manual
adjustment is provided, the moving member must be securely locked
in position after adjustments have been made.
Diagram three
Test Run
It is advisable to give the drive a short test run for the following
reasons:
1.
2.
3.
2
To regulate oil delivery to the chain.
To eliminate any oil weeps from the chain case and
pipework.
To check for any unusual noise or vibration.
Maintenance Schedule
Regular chain maintenance is important if maximum life is to be
achieved. In a correctly sized and installed drive the chain can be
expected to last for approximately 15,000 hours.
The following maintenance schedule is suggested.
AFTER 3 MONTHS
Check chain adjustment and rectify if necessary.
Change oil, oil filter and clear the sump.
ANNUALLY
Carry out the above checks.
Check for wear on side plates.
Check for chain elongation.
Check cleanliness of components.
- Remove any accumulation of dirt or foreign materials.
Check for shaft and sprocket alignment.
Check for wear on sprockets.
Check the condition of the lubricant.
Check the lubrication system.
- Feed pipes are not clogged.
- Lubrication schedule is being followed
(manual lubrication).
- Drip rate is sufficient (drip system).
- Oil level is correct
(drip, bath and disc systems).
- Pump is working (stream system).
Chain Protection
A new Renold chain should always be stored in its box and/or bag
until installation. Renold chain is lubricated at the factory, but this
lubrication will not stand up to outdoor conditions, particularly where
there is a salt water atmosphere.
Unprotected, lubricated chains will become contaminated with grit
and other materials which will harm the chain and tend to clog
strainers, filters and oil lines. A roller chain is a precision made series
of bearings that will perform best if handled and stored in correct
conditions.
AUTOMATIC ADJUSTMENT
Automatic adjustment can also be provided, but this adjustment
generally demands a special study of the conditions to enable a
suitable design to be provided.
84
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Chain Installation and Maintenance
Lubrication
Renold Chain drives should be protected against dirt and moisture
and be lubricated with good quality, non-detergent petroleum based
oil. A periodic change of oil is desirable as already outlined. Heavy
oils and greases are generally too stiff to enter the chain working
surfaces and should not be used.
RENOLD
Care must be taken to ensure that the lubricant reaches the bearing
area of the chain. This can be done by directing the oil into the
clearances between the inner and outer link plates, preferably at the
point where the chain enters the sprocket on the bottom strand.
2
The table below indicates the correct lubricant viscosity for various
ambient temperatures.
Ambient Temperature
Celsius
Lubricant
SAE
Rating
BS4231
-5 to +5
5 to 40
40 to 50
50 to 60
20
30
40
50
46 to 68
100
150 to 220
320
For the majority of applications in the above temperature range, a
multigrade SAE 20/50 oil would be suitable.
Applying lubricant by aerosol can be satisfactory under some
conditions, but it is important that the aerosol lubricant is of an
approved type for the application, such as that supplied by Renold.
This type of lubricant penetrates into the pin/bush/roller clearances,
resisting both the tendency to drip or drain when the chain is
stationary and centrifugal “flinging” when the chain is moving.
TYPE 2, Drip Lubrication
Oil drips are directed between the link plate edges from a drip
lubricator. Volume and frequency should be sufficient to allow
penetration of lubricant into the chain joints.
USE OF GREASE
As mentioned above, the use of grease is not recommended.
However, if grease lubrication is essential the following points should
be noted:
Limit chain speed to 4 metre/sec.
Applying normal greases to the outside surfaces of a chain only
seals the bearing surfaces and will not work into them. This
causes premature failure. Grease has to be heated until fluid and
the chain are immersed and allowed to soak until all air bubbles
cease to rise. If this system is used the chains need regular
cleaning and regreasing at intervals, depending on the drives,
power and speed.
ABNORMAL AMBIENT TEMPERATURES
For elevated temperatures up to 250°C, dry lubricants such as
colloidal graphite or MoS2 in white spirit or poly-alkaline glycol
carriers are most suitable.
Conversely, at low temperatures between -5° and -40°C, special low
temperature initial greases and subsequent oil lubricants are
necessary. Lubricant suppliers will give recommendations.
TYPE 3, Bath or Disc Lubrication
With oil bath lubrication, the lower strand of chain runs through a
sump of oil in the drive housing. The oil level should cover the chain
at its lowest point during operation.
Oil Bath
Lubrication
LUBRICATING METHODS
There are four basic methods for lubricating chain drives. The
recommended methods are shown in the rating charts which are
determined by the chain speed and power transmitted.
Single Slinger Disc
Lubrication
TYPE 1, Manual Lubrication
Oil is applied periodically with a brush or oil can, preferably once
every 8 hours of operation. Volume and frequency should be
sufficient to just keep the chain wet with oil and allow penetration of
clean lubricant into the chain joints.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
85
Chain Installation and Maintenance
With slinger disc lubrication, an oil bath is used but the chain
operates above the oil level. A disc picks up oil from the sump and
deposits it on the chain by means of deflection plates. When such
discs are employed they should be designed to have peripheral
speeds between 180 to 2240 metre/min.
TYPE 4, Stream Lubrication
A continuous supply of oil from a circulating pump or central
lubricating system is directed onto the chain. It is important to ensure
that the spray holes from which the oil emerges are in line with the
chain edges. The spray pipe should be positioned so that the oil is
delivered onto the chain just before it engages with the driver
sprocket.
2
M
In the case of extended pitch chains (e.g. chains having the same
breaking load and twice the pitch) apply a measuring load as for the
equivalent short pitch chains.
As an alternative to the use of a turnbuckle and spring balance, the
chain may be hung vertically and the equivalent weight attached to
the lower end.
Measure length ‘M’ (see diagram) in millimetres from which the
percentage extension can be obtained from the following formula:
Percentage extension =
M - (X x P)
x 100
XxP
Where X = number of pitches measured
P = pitch in mm
Oil feed
to chain
Spray pipe
As a general rule, the useful life of the chain is terminated and the
chain should be replaced when the percentage extension reaches
2 per cent (1 per cent in the case of extended pitch chains). For
drives with no provision for adjustment, the rejection limit is lower,
dependent upon the speed and layout. A usual figure is
between 0.7 and 1.0 per cent extension.
RENOLD CHAIN WEAR GUIDE
This ensures that the lubricant is centrifuged through the chain and
assists in cushioning roller impact on the sprocket teeth. Stream
lubrication also provides effective cooling and impact damping at
high speeds. It is, therefore, important that the method of lubrication
specified is closely followed.
A simple to use chain wear guide is available from Renold Chain for
most popular sizes of chain pitch. Please contact your sales office for
details.
Riveting Chain Endless
EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE
During operation an important factor to control in a drive system is
the chain and chaincase temperature. Depending on the severity of
the drive service, continuity of use, etc., special attention to the
lubrication method may be required.
Chain temperatures above 100°C should be avoided if possible due
to lubricant limitations, although chain can generally give acceptable
performance up to around 250°C in some circumstances. A way of
improving the effectiveness of the lubrication and its cooling effect is
to increase the oil volume (up to 4.5 litres per minute per chain
strand) and incorporate a method of external cooling for the oil.
TRANSMISSION CHAINS UP TO 63.5mm
(2.5") PITCH
Insert the bearing pins of the outer link (No. 107) through the inner
links of the chain to be joined. If multiplex chain, assemble
intermediate plates at the same time.
Provide support for the outer link (No. 107) while assembling the
separate outer plate. This has a force fit and is driven onto the
bearing pins using a hollow punch alternatively on each pin. Drive
up to the shoulder on the shouldered bearing pins. Where there is
no shoulder the plate is driven to the point of similar clearance
between outer and inner links as with the adjacent chain.
To Measure Chain Wear
A direct measure of chain wear is the extension in excess of the
nominal length of the chain and the chain wear can, therefore, be
ascertained by length measurement in line with the instructions given
below.
Lay the chain, which should terminate at both ends with an inner
link (part No. 4), on a flat surface and, after anchoring it at one
end, attach to the other end a turnbuckle and a spring balance
suitably anchored.
Apply a tension load by means of the turnbuckle amounting to:
For simple chain:
P2 x 0,77 Newtons
For duplex chain:
P2 x 1,56 Newtons
For triplex chain:
P2 x 2,33 Newtons
Where P is the pitch in mm.
86
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Chain Installation and Maintenance
Hollow punch
Correct
riveting
Incorrect
riveting
Chain Length Alterations
All drives should be designed wherever possible, with sufficient
overall adjustment to ensure the use of an even number of pitches
throughout the useful life of the chain. Cranked links should never be
used on implusive, highly loaded or high speed chain drives.
RENOLD
In less arduous conditions where there is no other solution and the
use of a cranked link is unavoidable, the diagrams show how length
alteration can be accomplished.
Bench or solid support
2
A chain having an even number of links requires the incorporation of
a cranked link to effect an alteration of one pitch.
Still supporting the outer link (No. 107), rivet the bearing pin ends,
taking care to finish with a neat uniform spread having a similar
appearance to the machine riveted pins in the adjacent chain.
The force required to spread the pin end will vary with the pitch of
the chain; excessive riveting force should always be avoided.
Except where final chain joining in-situ is necessary, the work
should be carried out on a bench.
Check that the newly fitted link articulates freely in the adjacent
inner links.
Chain having an odd number of links incorporates a cranked link
which must be removed to effect an alteration of one pitch.
By removing the parts shown in dark shading and substituting those
in light shading a chain can be shortened or lengthened by one
pitch.
No joint which relies on a press fit for assembly should be reused
after removal. A new joint should always be employed.
Using Cranked Link Double No. 30 (or No. 12 where 30's are not available).
107
4
RENOLD
107
4
RENOLD
107
30/12
RENOLD
107
107
RENOLD
RENOLD
107
RENOLD
To shorten an even link chain by one pitch
107
30/12
RENOLD
107
RENOLD
107
RENOLD
4
107
RENOLD
107
30/12
RENOLD
107
RENOLD
To lengthen an even link chain by one pitch
107
30/12
RENOLD
107
107
RENOLD
RENOLD
To shorten an odd link chain by one pitch
4
107
RENOLD
4
107
RENOLD
4
107
RENOLD
To lengthen an odd link chain by one pitch
www.renold.com engineering excellence
87
Chain Installation and Maintenance
Pairing and Matching Chains
Pitch Matching Adapted Transmission Chains
(when attachments are fitted to chains)
Any application in which two or more strands of transmission chain
are required to operate side by side in a common drive or conveying
arrangement, may involve the need for either pairing or matching,
and such applications generally fall into one of the following
categories:
With the sole exception of extended bearing pins, it is not possible to
match the pitch of holes in attachments themselves to within very fine
limits, due to the additional tolerances to be contended with
(bending, holing, etc.).
Length Matching for Conveying and Similar Applications
2
Wherever length matching of transmission chain is necessary it is
dealt with as follows:
The chains are accurately measured in handling lengths between
3m to 8m as appropriate and then selected to provide a two (or
more) strand drive having overall length uniformity within close
limits. However, such length uniformity will not necessarily apply
to any intermediate sections along the chains, but the actual
length of all intermediate sections, both along and across the
drive, will not vary more than our normal manufacturing limits.
However, adapted transmission chains are usually manufactured
to specific orders which are generally completed in one
production run so that it is reasonable to assume that length
differences of intermediate sections will be small.
Chains are supplied in sets which are uniform in overall length
within reasonably fine limits and will be within our normal
manufacturing limits. It should be noted that chain sets supplied
against different orders at different times may not have exactly the
same lengths to those supplied originally, but will vary by no more
than our normal tolerance of 0.0%, +0.15%.
Pitch Matching Transmission Drive Chains
Pitch matched chains are built up from shorter subsections (usually
300 to 600mm lengths) which are first measured and then graded for
length. All subsections in each grade are of closely similar length and
those forming any one group across the set of chains are selected
from the same length grade.
The requisite number of groups are then connected to form a pitch
matched set of chains, or alternatively, if this is too long for
convenient handling, a set of handling sections for customer to
assemble as a final set of pitch matched chain. Suitable tags are
fixed to the chains to ensure they are connected together in the
correct sequence.
Identification of Handling Lengths
A Strand
B Strand
C Strand
Handling
Length 1
A-A1
B-B1
C-C1
Handling
Length 2
A1-A2
B1-B2
C1-C2
Colour Coding
For customers who wish to match their chains, perhaps in order to fit
special attachments in situ, Renold colour code short lengths of
chain within specified tolerance bands. These will normally be RED,
YELLOW or GREEN paint marks to indicate lower, mid and upper
thirds of the tolerance band. For even finer tolerance bands
additional colours can be used, but normally a maximum of five
colours will be more than adequate.
COLOUR
RED
YELLOW
GREEN
BLUE
WHITE
Repair and Replacement
SPROCKETS
Examination of the tooth faces will give an indication of the amount
of wear which has occurred. Under normal circumstances this will
be evident as a polished worn strip about the pitch circle diameter
on each of the sprocket teeth as shown below.
If the depth of this wear 'X' has reached an amount equal to 10% of
the 'Y' dimension, then steps should be taken to replace the
sprocket. Running new chain on sprockets having this amount of
tooth wear will cause rapid chain wear.
Depth
of wear
Y
X=
10
X
PCD
PCD
Y
Handling
Length 3
A2-A3
B2-B3
C2-C3
It should be noted that in normal operating conditions, with correct
lubrication the amount of wear 'X' will not occur until several chains
have been used.
Long chains are made up in sections, each section being numbered
on end links. Sections should be so joined up that end links with
similar numbers are connected. Where chains are to run in sets of
two or more strands, each strand is stamped on end links of each
section with a letter, in addition to being numbered. Correct
consecutive sections for each strand must be identified from the end
links and joined up as indicated.
By these means, the actual length of any intermediate portion of one
strand (as measured from any one pitch point to any other) will
correspond closely with that of the transversely equivalent portion on
the other strands, generally within 0.05mm, depending on the chain
pitch size.
88
0.05%
0.10%
0.15%
For Finer
Tolerances
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Chain Installation and Maintenance
CHAIN
Chain repair should not as a rule be necessary. A correctly selected
and maintained chain should gradually wear out over a period of
time, approximately 15000 hours, but it should not fail. A length
extension check as detailed on page 82 will give an indication of the
service life remaining.
If a transmission chain sustains damage due to an overload, jam-up,
or by riding over the sprocket teeth, it should be carefully removed
from the drive and given a thorough visual examination. Remove the
lubricating grease and oil to make the job easier.
Depending on the damage, it may be practicable to effect temporary
repairs using replacement links (shown on page 5). It is not,
however, a guarantee that the chain has not been overstressed and
so made vulnerable to a future failure. The best policy therefore is to
remove the source of trouble and fit a new chain.
Safety Warnings
CONNECTING LINKS
No. 11 or No. 26 joints (slip fit) should not be used where high speed
or arduous conditions are encountered. In these or equivalent
circumstances where safety is essential, a riveting link No. 107
(interference fit) must be used.
GOOD DESIGN PRACTICES
For high speed drives or drives operating in arduous conditions, a
properly riveted outer link (No. 107) should always be used for
optimum security, in preference to any other form of chain joint.
The use of other connectors and cranked links (No. 12 and No. 30)
should always be restricted to light duty, non-critical applications, in
drives where an odd number of pitches is absolutely unavoidable.
If a chain has failed two or more times, it is certain the chain will fail
again in time. If no replacement is immediately available repair the
chain, but replace it at the nearest opportunity.
Wherever possible, drives should have sufficient overall adjustment to
ensure the use of an even number of pitches throughout the useful
life of the chain. A cranked link joint should only be used as a last
resort.
The entire chain should be replaced because of the following
reasons:
Health and Safety Warning
The cost of down time to the system or machine can often
outweigh the cost of replacing the chain.
The following precautions must be taken before disconnecting and
removing a chain from a drive prior to replacement, repair or length
alteration.
A new or even used portion of chain or joints assembled into the
failed chain will cause whipping and load pulsation. This can and
probably will produce rapid failure of the chain and will
accelerate wear in both the chain and its sprockets.
1.
Always isolate the power source from the drive or equipment.
2.
Always wear safety glasses.
3.
Always wear appropriate protective clothing, hats, gloves
and safety shoes as warranted by the circumstances.
4.
Always ensure tools are in good working condition and used
in the proper manner.
5.
Always loosen tensioning devices.
6.
Always support the chain to avoid sudden unexpected
movement of chain or components.
7.
Never attempt to disconnect or reconnect a chain unless the
chain construction is fully understood.
8.
Always ensure that directions for the correct use of any tools
are followed.
9.
Never reuse individual components.
10.
Never reuse a damaged chain or chain part.
11.
On light duty drives where a spring clip (No. 27) is used,
always ensure that the clip is fitted correctly with the closed
end pointing in the direction of travel.
Assembling Connecting Links
When assembling a connecting link with a slip fit outer plate, it is
necessary that this plate is pushed down on the pins to permit
insertion of the fastener. Always ensure the No. 27 spring clip (as is
illustrated on the No. 26 joint on page 5), has the closed end in the
direction of rotation.
On a press fit connecting link it is necessary to drive the outer plate
down far enough on the pins to allow insertion of the two split pins,
but not so far as to create a tight joint.
By doing the above, three important things are accomplished.
The desired clearances between the link plates across the chain
width are maintained. Any outer link plate driven too far down the
pins 'squeezes' the joint, so that no lubrication can get to the
bearing surfaces. Such 'squeezing' of a joint prevents a chain
articulating freely around the sprockets.
Correct assembly of a connecting link into a chain will ensure a
smooth gearing action with a minimum of whipping.
With the split pins or spring clip snugly positioned against the
side plate and the closed end of a spring clip fitted in the right
direction, there will be less of a tendency for them to work loose
and fall off.
2
www.renold.com engineering excellence
89
Chain Installation and Maintenance
Troubleshooting
PROBLEM
CHAIN CLIMBING OR JUMPING OFF
THE SPROCKET TEETH
PROBABLE CAUSE
SOLUTION
CHAIN OR SPROCKETS WORN
REPLACE THE CHAIN AND
SPROCKETS IF NECESSARY
CHAIN EXCESSIVELY SLACK
ADJUST THE CENTRE DISTANCE OR
INTRODUCE A JOCKEY SPROCKET
TO TAKE UP THE SLACK. IF
ALLOWABLE, SHORTEN THE CHAIN
INSUFFICIENT CHAIN WRAP
FOR LARGE RATIO DRIVES, THE
DRIVER SPROCKET MAY NOT HAVE
ENOUGH TEETH TO ABSORB THE
WORKING TENSION. IF THE DRIVE
CANNOT BE ALTERED, INTRODUCE
A JOCKEY SPROCKET TO INCREASE
THE CHAIN WRAP
FOREIGN MATERIAL BUILD UP IN
THE SPROCKET TOOTH GAPS
CLEAN THE SPROCKET TEETH OF
ALL MATERIAL SO THAT THE CHAIN
ENGAGES CORRECTLY
LUBRICATION METHOD OR TYPE OF
LUBRICATION IS UNSUITABLE FOR
THE OPERATING SPEED AND
POWER BEING TRANSMITTED
CHECK THE CATALOGUE
SELECTION TABLES FOR THE
CORRECT LUBRICATION METHOD
INSUFFICIENT LUBRICATION
INCREASE THE FREQUENCY OF
LUBRICATION IN LINE WITH GOOD
MAINTENANCE PRACTICE
CHAIN CONTINUALLY HITTING AN
OBSTRUCTION
REMOVE THE OBSTRUCTION
INCORRECT CHAIN SIZE SELECTED
FOR THE SPEED AND TRANSMITTED
POWER
CHECK THE CHAIN SELECTION AS A
SMALLER PITCH OR MULTISTRAND
CHAIN OF EQUIVALENT CAPACITY
MAY BE REQUIRED
LUBRICATION FAILURE
REPLACE CHAIN AND SPROCKETS
AN OVERLOAD
CHECK LUBRICATION, DRIVE
CONFIGURATION AND LOADINGS
DISPLACEMENT OF THE BEARINGS
MONITOR DRIVE ELONGATION OVER
A PERIOD OF 2-3 MONTHS BY
CHECKING THE DEGREE OF SAG
FAILURE OF THE TENSIONING
DEVICE
CONTACT OUR TECHNICAL STAFF
FOR ADVICE IF PROBLEM PERSISTS
WORN CHAIN OR SPROCKETS
REPLACE CHAIN AND SPROCKETS
EXCESSIVELY SLACK CHAIN
ADJUST CENTRES IF POSSIBLE OR
INTRODUCE A TAKE-UP SYSTEM
SUCH AS A JOCKEY SPROCKET. IT IS
ALSO POSSIBLE TO SHORTEN THE
CHAIN BY ONE OR MORE PITCHES
HEAVY & IMPULSIVE LOAD
REDUCE THE LOADING
CENTRE DISTANCE TOO LONG
ADD A JOCKEY SPROCKET ON
LONG CENTRE DISTANCES
ONE OR MORE STIFF JOINTS
REMOVE OR REPAIR STIFF JOINTS
2
CHAIN DRIVE RUNNING HOT
CHAIN ELONGATION
(A GRADUAL INCREASE OVER ITS
LIFE IS NORMAL)
CHAIN STIFFENS,
STARTS TO WHIP
90
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Chain Installation and Maintenance
Troubleshooting
PROBLEM
PROBABLE CAUSE
SOLUTION
MISALIGNMENT OF SPROCKETS
MISALIGNMENT INTRODUCES
ABNORMAL LOADING AND WEAR.
RECHECK ALIGNMENT TO
MAINTAIN NORMAL DRIVE
CONDITIONS
INADEQUATE LUBRICATION
IMPROVE THE LUBRICATION
METHOD TO ENSURE THE PROPER
AMOUNT OF LUBRICATION IS
AVAILABLE IN THE BEARING AREAS
WORN OR INCORRECTLY FITTED
BEARINGS
REPLACE OR CORRECT THE
BEARINGS AS THESE WILL MALIGN
THE ENTIRE DRIVE
CHAIN EXCESSIVELY SLACK OR
TIGHT
ADJUST THE CENTRE DISTANCE IF
POSSIBLE OR INTRODUCE A
JOCKEY SPROCKET
WORN CHAIN OR SPROCKETS
REPLACE THE CHAIN AND WHERE
NECESSARY THE SPROCKETS.
CONSIDER HARDENED TEETH
TIGHT JOINTS
REPLACE OR REPAIR JOINTS
HEAVY IMPULSIVE LOADS
REDUCE THE LOAD OR
INTRODUCE A JOCKEY SPROCKET
CHAIN PITCH SIZE TOO LARGE
CHECK THE CHAIN SELECTION OR
CONTACT OUR TECHNICAL STAFF
OBSTRUCTION IN THE CHAINS PATH
REMOVE THE OBSTRUCTION
POOR LUBRICATION
IMPROVE THE METHOD OF
LUBRICATION, ( SEE LUBRICATION
SECTION)
PRESENCE OF ABRASIVE
CHECK FOR PRESENCE OF
FOREIGN MATERIALS AND
ELIMINATE THE SOURCE.
REPLACE SPROCKETS AND CHAIN
IF NECESSARY
PIN FAILS
SYSTEM LOADING IS GREATER
THAN THE CAPACITY OF THE
CHAIN
CHECK THE KILOWATT RATING
TABLE TO DETERMINE IF THE
CHAIN CAPACITY HAS BEEN
EXCEEDED. LARGER PITCH CHAIN
OR A MULTISTRAND CHAIN MAY BE
REQUIRED IF THE LOAD
CONDITIONS CANNOT BE
CORRECTED
ROLLER OR BUSH FAILS
CHAIN CAPACITY HAS BEEN
EXCEEDED AT HIGH SPEED
CAUSING IMPACT ON THE
SPROCKET TEETH
CHECK THE DRIVE SELECTION.
A SMALLER PITCH CHAIN,
A MULTISTRAND CHAIN OR
SPROCKETS WITH MORE TEETH
MAY BE REQUIRED
TOOTH MARKS ON THE OUTSIDE
OF THE ROLLER DIAMETER CAN
INITIATE FAILURE
IF THE ROLLERS ARE MARKED BY
THE SPROCKET TEETH, ADJUST
THE CENTRE DISTANCE
EXCESSIVE NOISE
HEAVY WEAR ON SPROCKET
TEETH WORKING FACES.
(A BRIGHT POLISHED APPEARANCE
IS NORMAL)
www.renold.com engineering excellence
2
91
Chain Installation and Maintenance
Troubleshooting
PROBLEM
PROBABLE CAUSE
RUST PRESENT ON CHAIN
INADEQUATE LUBRICATION. THIS
WILL ALSO AFFECT THE JOINTS
WHICH WILL BE DISCOLOURED,
(LIGHT TO DARK BROWN) AND
COULD BE ROUGH, GROOVED OR
GALLED
REMOVE SEVERAL JOINTS AND
CHECK THAT THE COMPONENTS
ARE NOT SEVERELY DAMAGED.
REPLACE CHAIN AND SPROCKETS
AS NECESSARY.
IMPROVE LUBRICATION METHOD.
SIDE PLATE FAILS
FATIGUE FAILURE IS CAUSED BY
REPETITIVELY LOADING THE CHAIN
ABOVE ITS LIMIT
CHECK THE DRIVE SELECTION, A
LARGER PITCH CHAIN OR A
MULTISTRAND CHAIN MAY BE
REQUIRED
IMPULSIVE DRIVE CONDITIONS
CAN ALSO CAUSE FATIGUE
FAILURE
IF NOT THE ABOVE, CHECK FOR
EXCESSIVE SLACK. THIS MAY
INDICATE WORN CHAIN AND
SPROCKETS. REPLACE WHERE
REQUIRED
WEAR ON THE INSIDE OF THE
PLATE IS CAUSED BY SPROCKET
MISALIGNMENT
CHECK AND ADJUST SPROCKET
AND SHAFT ALIGNMENT
WEAR ON THE TOP OF THE SIDE
PLATE IS CAUSED BY THE CHAIN
RUBBING AGAINST THE
CHAINCASE OR SOME
OBSTRUCTION
REMOVE SOURCE OF RUBBING BY
REMOVING THE OBSTRUCTION OR
ADDING A JOCKEY SPROCKET TO
CONTROL THE SLACK IN THE
CHAIN
DRIVE MISALIGNMENT
CHECK AND CORRECT SPROCKET
AND SHAFT ALIGNMENT
2
SIDE PLATES ARE WORN
WEAR ON THE SIDES OF THE
SPROCKET TEETH
92
SOLUTION
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Roller chain catalogue
www.renold.com
Table of Contents
Section 1 - BS and ANSI products and dimensions
Precision roller chain / chain types ................................................................................................................................ 5
Chain branding .............................................................................................................................................................. 6
Renold Synergy brand .................................................................................................................................................... 7
European (BS) Standard
Renold Synergy chain ................................................................................................................................................ 8
A&S Transmission Chain .......................................................................................................................................... 10
Small and large pitch chain ...................................................................................................................................... 12
Standard attachment chain ...................................................................................................................................... 13
Renold Syno nickel plated chain .............................................................................................................................. 22
Renold Syno stainless steel chain ............................................................................................................................ 23
Renold Syno polymer bush chain ............................................................................................................................ 24
Renold Stainless steel chain .................................................................................................................................... 25
Renold Sovereign chain ............................................................................................................................................ 26
Renold Hydro-Service chain .................................................................................................................................... 27
Straight side plate chain............................................................................................................................................ 28
Nickel plated chain.................................................................................................................................................... 29
Cranked link chain .................................................................................................................................................... 30
Hollow pin chain ........................................................................................................................................................ 31
Double pitch chain and Bush chain ........................................................................................................................ 32
Sidebow chain .......................................................................................................................................................... 33
ANSI Standard
Renold Synergy chain .............................................................................................................................................. 34
A&S Transmission Chain .......................................................................................................................................... 36
Small and large pitch chain ...................................................................................................................................... 38
Multiplex chain .......................................................................................................................................................... 39
Standard attachment chain ...................................................................................................................................... 40
Renold Syno nickel plated chain .............................................................................................................................. 48
Renold Syno polymer bush chain ............................................................................................................................ 49
Renold Stainless steel chain .................................................................................................................................... 50
Renold Hydro-Service chain .................................................................................................................................... 51
Renold Ansi Xtra chain.............................................................................................................................................. 52
Nickel plated chain.................................................................................................................................................... 54
Hollow pin chain ........................................................................................................................................................ 55
Double pitch chain .................................................................................................................................................... 56
Specials and Accessories
Klik-Top chain ............................................................................................................................................................ 57
Polymer block chain .................................................................................................................................................. 59
Renold Roll-Ring chain tensioner ............................................................................................................................ 64
Sprockets .................................................................................................................................................................. 67
Transmission counterweight sets.............................................................................................................................. 76
Transmission rack sets.............................................................................................................................................. 77
Transmission chain guides........................................................................................................................................ 78
Rivet extractors and chain lubricant.......................................................................................................................... 79
Section 2 - Chain Installation and Maintenance
Chain Installation and Maintenance ............................................................................................................................ 80
Section 3 - Designer Guide
Designer Guide specification guidelines .................................................................................................................... 93
Section 4 - Industry applications
Examples of Renold Chain in action .......................................................................................................................... 120
Word Index .................................................................................................................................................................. 134
www.renold.com engineering excellence
3
SECTION 3
DESIGNER GUIDE SPECIFICATION GUIDELINES
www.renold.com engineering excellence
93
Renold Chain Designer Guide
Development of
Early Roller/Bush Chain
As the industrial revolution gained pace, the need for higher
performance chain ensured that the product did not stand still. A
quick look at the 1880 patent would give the impression that there is
no difference between it and modern chain.
In concept, this is true. However, early chain performance was very
much constrained by design knowledge, material sophistication and
production processes. For example, in order to achieve a close
tolerance on round parts, Hans Renold also pioneered centreless
grinding and at one time had a whole section devoted to grinding
cold drawn bar to size before further processing.
3
The shortcomings of available technology meant that, compared with
modern chain, there were low strength to weight ratios, erratic pitch
control, poor engagement characteristics and a tendency toward
point loading, causing high bearing pressures, wear and failure. The
ever increasing number of applications for chain resulted in a
continuous refinement of our production processes and the
introduction of heat treatment, improving Renold Chain to meet these
new and arduous demands.
Modern Chain
There is today a very wide range of chain products available. Some
of these are special low volume products, for example nuclear waste
handling chain. Other high volume products such as motorcycle
chain are an offshoot of one of the key groups shown below.
At the top level of the chain groups, conveyor chain is perhaps the
most difficult to compartmentalize, since most types of chain can be
used to convey. There is, however, a range of so called conveyor
chain products typified by its long pitch, large roller diameter and
emphasis on tensile strength rather than fatigue life.
CHAIN FAMILY TREE
Roller
Chain
European
(BS)
Range
Standard
Series
Double
Pitch
Cranked
Link
Chain
Leaf
Chain
Conveyor
Chain
American
(ANSI)
Range
Bush
Chain
Standard
Series
Heavy
Series
Cranked link chain, like conveyor chain, is intended to run only at low
speeds, since the presence of a cranked plate will reduce fatigue
life. This chain tends to be used in conveying applications where
harsh environmental conditions prevail, in mineral excavation for
example.
94
Leaf chain is similar in construction to the old Galle chain, except
that plates are interleaved in various configurations right across the
width of the pin. This means that there is no way of providing
sprocket engagement and the chain can only be used to transmit
force through suitably anchored ends. Chains are guided around
simple plain pulleys. Perhaps the best example of the use of leaf
chain is in the lifting mechanism of a fork lift truck.
This leaves the most important group of chain, the European and
American series of transmission chain. The European (from the old
British Standard) range, grew out of the early pioneering work of
Hans Renold, as mentioned above, and the size of components
through the range therefore reflected a growing understanding of
chain design and probably was influenced by the availability of stock
material sizes. The American or ANSI range, which came later, has a
clear mathematical theme, whereby the sizes of components are
calculated in accordance with expressions now quoted in the ANSI
standard B29.1. It should also be mentioned here that the ANSI
range of chain is shadowed by a range of similar chains, but using
the side plate material from the chain of the next highest size. This
results in a range of chains with higher fatigue life but not necessarily
higher tensile strength, since the pin diameters are unchanged.
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Renold Chain Designer Guide
Bush chain is simply roller chain without a roller and is also the only
design configuration possible on very small pitch chain, such as
4mm and ANSI 25 or 1/4 inch pitch. Bush chain is used for lightly
loaded applications or those requiring only direct pull.
Modern chain has features incorporated which enable demanding
applications to be tackled with ease. These include high wear and
fatigue resistance and transmission efficiency of around 98%.
Chain is also now manufactured in multiple strands joined together
by a common pin, giving more scope for increased power
transmission in restricted space. The range of products now
available with alternative materials, special coatings, endless
varieties of attachments, hollow bearing pins and anti-backbend, to
name just a few, give scope for the widest portfolio of design
solutions imaginable.
Together with improvements to factory applied greases and better
understanding of applicational techniques, designers can now
specify transmission chain with confidence.
Chain Performance
Renold Chain products that are dimensionally in line with the ISO
standard far exceed the stated ISO minimum tensile strength
requirements. However Renold does not consider breaking load to
be a key indicator of performance because it ignores the principal
factors of wear and fatigue. In these areas, Renold products are
designed to produce the best possible results and independent
testing proves this.
failure mode will then become wear related which is far safer, since a
controlled monitor of chain extension can take place at suitable planned
intervals. In practice, if a load ratio of tensile strength to maximum
working load of 8:1 is chosen, then the endurance limit will not normally
be exceeded. Careful consideration of the expected maximum working
loads should be given since these are often much higher than the
designer may think! It is also a requirement that any passenger lift
applications are designed with a safety factor of not less than 10:1.
In most applications the failure mode is designed to be wear and
therefore some consideration of how a chain behaves in this mode
are shown below.
Wear Characteristics
Projected life
15,000 hours
Bedding in. Adjust tension
Initial wear
Steady state wear
100
In this catalogue, where the ISO breaking load is quoted, it should
be noted that we are stating that the Renold product conforms to the
ISO minimum standard. Independent test results show that the
minimum (many companies quote averages) breaking loads were far
in excess of the ISO minimum.
Where the quoted breaking load is not described as being the ISO
minimum, the product has no relevant ISO standard. In this case, the
breaking loads quoted are the minimum guaranteed.
The performance of a chain is governed by a number of key factors.
The tensile strength is the most obvious since this is the means by
which a chain installation is roughly sized. However, since a chain is
constructed from steel, the yield strength of which is around 65% of
the ultimate tensile strength, any load above this limit will cause some
permanent deformation to take place with consequent rapid failure.
Reference to the s-n curve below shows that at loads below this 65%
line, finite life may be expected and at subsequent reductions in load
the expected life increases until the fatigue endurance limit is
reached at around 8 000 000 operations.
Loads below the endurance limit will result in infinite fatigue life. The
s-n curve
ZONE
Failure
Mode
A
Overload
B
C
Fatigue
S
Breaking
Load
LOAD
A
Endurance
Limit
C
1
8.0x10 6
Cycles to failure
200
Elapsed Time (hours)
The second phase, shown as ‘initial wear’, might also be described
as secondary ‘bedding in’. This is caused firstly by the rapid
abrasion of local high spots between the mating surfaces of the pin
and bush, and secondly by displacement of material at the bush
ends. This is explained more clearly by the inner link assembly
diagram shown, where it may be seen that in order to ensure good
fatigue life, the bush and plate have a high degree of interference fit
resulting in a tendency of the bush ends to collapse inwards slightly.
This localised bulge will wear rapidly until the pin bears equally along
the length of the bush. Renold limits this effect by introducing
special manufacturing techniques. Some manufacturers maintain
cylindricity by reducing the interference fit to a very low level. This
reduces fatigue performance.
d2
d1 > d2
d1
Wear
Permanent
Deformation 65%
B
3
Examination of the wear characteristics graph below shows that
chain tends to wear in three distinct phases. The first phase, shown
as ‘bedding in’, is a very rapid change in chain length associated
with components adjusting to the loads imposed on them. The
degree of this initial movement will depend to a large extent on the
quality of chain used. For example, good component fits, chain preloaded at manufacture, plates assembled squarely etc. Renold chain
has many features that minimise the degree of bedding in.
Elongation (%)
Both European and ANSI ranges of chain are available in double
pitch and bush chain forms. Double pitch is primarily another form of
conveyor chain using the round parts from a standard chain, but
having twice the pitch.
n
Tendency of bush to collapse at assembly
The final steady state of wear will continue at a very low rate until the
chain needs renewal. In a correctly designed and lubricated system,
15 000 hours continuous running should be normal.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
95
Renold Chain Designer Guide
The reason that wear takes place at all is demonstrated with
reference to the Stribeck diagram below. It may be seen from this
that where two mating surfaces are in contact, the coefficient of
friction is very high at the point of initial movement, known as static
friction. The reason for this is that the surface irregularities of the two
bodies are interlocked with little or no separating lubrication layer. As
the surface speeds increase, lubricant is drawn between the two
surfaces and friction takes place with some surface contact. This
condition is known as ‘mixed friction’. These two conditions result in
material loss over time. With a continuing increase in surface speed,
hydrodynamic friction takes place, a condition where there is no
metal to metal contact.
3
Coefficient of friction
Stribeck diagram
Static friction
Wear depends on the following variables in a drive system:
SPEED - The higher the speed of a system, the higher the
frequency of bearing articulations, so accelerating wear.
NUMBER OF SPROCKETS - The more sprockets used in a drive
system, the more frequently the bearings articulate.
NUMBER OF TEETH - The fewer the number of teeth in a
sprocket, the greater the degree of articulation, the higher the
wear.
CHAIN LENGTH - The shorter the length of chain, the more
frequently the bearings in the chain will have to operate, the faster
wear takes place.
LUBRICATION - As already shown, using the correct
lubrication is critical to giving good wear life.
Chain Types
SIMPLEX CHAIN
Mixed
friction
Boundary friction
Hydrodynamic friction
Rotational speed
STANDARD
If we consider the action of the mating surfaces of the bush and pin
during one cycle of a two sprocket system, it will quickly be realised
that these components are stationary with respect to each other
during travel from one sprocket to the other, and accelerate rapidly
through a very small angle when engaging with the sprocket before
coming to rest once more. This means that the pin/bush
combination is operating between the static and mixed friction states
and that lubrication will therefore be an important aspect of system
design.
ISO 606
ANSI B29.1
ISO 606
ANSI B29.1
ISO 606
ANSI B29.1
DUPLEX CHAIN
Wear Factors
STANDARD
As already shown, wear takes place from the friction between the
mating of the pin and bush. The rate of wear is primarily determined
by the bearing area and the specific pressure on these surfaces. The
hardened layers of the pin and bush are eroded in such a way that
the chain will become elongated.
TRIPLEX CHAIN
ELONGATION may amount to a MAXIMUM of 2% of the nominal
length of the chain. Above 2% elongation, there can be problems
with the chain riding up and jumping the sprocket teeth.
Elongation should be limited to 1% when:
A sprocket in the system has 90 teeth or more.
Centre distances are greater than recommended and
not adjustable.
When the demands of the system become even higher, it is
necessary to reduce the allowable percentage elongation further.
96
STANDARD
Perfect synchronization is required.
As with all engineered products, industry demands that chain be
produced to a formal standard. The key transmission chain
standards are summarised on page 93.
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Renold Chain Designer Guide
International Standards
European Standard
Range of Application
Chains manufactured to the above standards are covered by ISO
606 and DIN 8187. These standards cover 3 versions:
The transmission chain market worldwide is divided between these
two chain standards, based on the economic and historical
influences within their regions.
SIMPLEX
DUPLEX
TRIPLEX
American standard chain is used primarily in the USA, Canada,
Australia, Japan and some Asiatic countries.
European standard chains dominate in Europe, the British
Commonwealth, Africa and Asian countries with a strong British
historical involvement.
The range of pitch sizes can vary between 4mm, (0.158 inch) to
114.3mm, (4.500 inch).
They are characterised by a large pin diameter, especially for the
larger pitch sizes. This results in better wear resistance due to the
greater bearing area.
The ISO standard has a simple form of part numbering, for example
1/2 inch pitch duplex chain would be 08B-2.
The first two digits are the pitch size in 1/16’s of an inch, therefore
08 = 8/16 or 1/2 inch.
The letter ‘B’ indicates European Standard.
The suffix 2 indicates the number of strands in the chain, in this
case a duplex chain.
American Standard
Machinery imported from countries where American standard
chain dominates.
Machinery manufactured in Europe under licence from
American dominated markets.
Chain Not Conforming to ISO Standards
There are also Renold manufacturing standards for special or
engineered chain which can be split as follows:
1.
HIGHER BREAKING LOAD CHAIN - This chain
usually has plates that undergo a special treatment,
has thicker side plate material and/or pin diameters
that slightly deviate from the standards.
2.
SPECIAL DIMENSIONS - Some chains can be a
mixture of American and European standard dimensions
or the inner width and roller diameters vary, such as in
motorcycle chains.
3.
APPLICATIONAL NEEDS - Special or engineered
chain is manufactured for specific applicational use,
examples being:
American standard chains are covered by ISO 606,
ANSI B29.1 and DIN 8188 and eight versions are covered.
SIMPLEX, DUPLEX and TRIPLEX as for the European
standard chains.
QUADRUPLEX, 4 strands.
QUINTUPLEX, 5 strands.
SEXTUPLEX, 6 strands.
OCTUPLEX, 8 strands.
DECUPLEX, 10 strands.
The pitch sizes covered by this standard are 1/4 to 3 inch pitch.
American standard chains have a smaller pin diameter than their
European standard equivalent. Wear resistance is therefore reduced
when compared with European standard chains with the one
exception, 5/8 inch pitch. In this case the pin and bush diameter is
larger in an American standard chain.
American standard chains are normally referred to under the ANSI
standard numbering system, for example a 1/2 inch pitch duplex
chain would be, ANSI 40-2.
3
In Europe around 85% of the total market uses European standard
chain. The remaining 15% is American standard chains found on:
Stainless steel chain.
Zinc or nickel plated chain.
Chain with plastic lubricating bushes.
Chains with hollow bearing pins.
Chain that can bend sideways, (SIDEBOW).
In applications requiring a special or engineered chain, we would
suggest that you contact our technical sales staff for more
information.
The ANSI numbering system works as follows:
The first number is the pitch size in 1/8 inch, ie 4/8
= 1/2 inch pitch.
The second number refers to the chain being a roller chain,
0 = roller chain. A 5 replacing the 0 would indicate a bush chain.
The suffix, as with European standard chain, refers to the number
of strands in the chain, that is 2 = duplex chain.
ANSI chain is also available in heavy duty options with thicker plates
(H) and through hardened pins (V). An ANSI heavy chain would be
specified using these suffixes.
ie.
ANSI 140-2HV Duplex, thick plates, through hardened pin
ANSI 80H
Simplex, thick plates
www.renold.com engineering excellence
97
Renold Chain Designer Guide
Standards Reference Guide
Transmission Chain Types
3
ISO
ANSI
OTHER
Short Pitch Transmission Chain and Sprockets
606
B29.1M
DIN8187
DIN8188
Short Pitch Bush Chains and Sprockets
1395
Double Pitch Roller Chain and Sprockets
1275
B29.3M
DIN8181
Oilfield Chain and Sprockets
606
B29.1M
API Spec 7F
Cycle Chains
9633
Motorcycle Chains
10190
Cranked Link Chain and Sprockets
3512
B29.1M
DIN8182
ISO
ANSI
OTHER
4347
B29.8M
DIN8152
DIN8154
Lifting Chain Types
Leaf Chain, Clevises and Sheaves
Roller Load Chains for Overhead Hoists
98
B29.24M
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Renold Chain Designer Guide
Advantages of Chain Drives
Steel transmission roller chain is made to close tolerances with
excellent joint articulation, permitting a smooth efficient flow of power.
Any friction between the chain rollers and sprocket teeth is virtually
eliminated because the rollers rotate on the outside of the bushes,
independent of bearing pin articulation inside the bush. As a result,
very little energy is wasted and tests have shown chain to have an
efficiency of between 98.4% and 98.9%.
This high level of efficiency, achieved by a standard stock chain drive
under the correct conditions of lubrication and installation, is
equalled only by gears of the highest standard with teeth ground to
very close tolerances.
Roller chain offers a positive, non-slip driving medium. It provides an
accurate pitch by pitch positive drive which is essential on
synchronised drives such as those to automobile and marine
camshafts, packaging and printing machinery. Under conditions of
high speed and peak load when efficiency is also required, the roller
chain has proved consistently quiet and reliable.
Centre distances between shafts can range from 50mm up to more
than 9 metres in a very compact installation envelope. Drives can be
engineered so that the sprocket teeth just clear each other or so that
a considerable span is traversed by the chain. In this later category,
double pitch chain comes into its own.
Roller chain has a certain degree of inherent elasticity and this, plus
the cushioning effect of an oil film in the chain joints, provides good
shock absorbing properties. In addition, the load distribution
between a chain and sprocket takes place over a number of teeth,
which assists in reducing wear. When, after lengthy service, it
becomes necessary to replace a chain, this is simple and does not
normally entail sprocket or bearing removal.
Roller chain minimises loads on the drive motor and driven shaft
bearings since no pre-load is required to tension the chain in the
static condition.
One chain can drive several shafts simultaneously and in almost any
configuration of centre distance or layout. Its adaptability is not
limited to driving one or more shafts from a common drive point. It
can be used for an infinite variety of devices including reciprocation,
racks, cam motions, internal or external gearing, counterbalancing,
hoisting or weight suspension. Segmental tooth or ‘necklace’ chain
sprocket rims can be fitted to large diameter drums.
Since there are no elastomeric components involved, chain is
tolerant of a wide variety of environmental conditions, including
extremes of temperature. Chain is used successfully in such harsh
environments as chemical processing, mining, baking, rock drilling
and wood processing. Special coatings can easily be applied for
further enhancement.
Roller chain can also be fitted with link plate attachments and
extended bearing pins etc., which allow them to be used for
mechanical handling equipment and the operation of mechanisms.
These attachments are detailed in this catalogue.
Roller chain drives are available for ratios up to 9:1 and to transmit
up to 520 kw at 550 r.p.m. Beyond this, four matched strands of
triplex chain can achieve 3200 kw at 300 r.p.m.
Roller chain does not deteriorate with the passage of time, the only
evidence of age being elongation due to wear which normally is
gradual and can be accommodated by centre distance adjustment
or by an adjustable jockey sprocket. Provided a chain drive is
selected correctly, properly installed and maintained, a life of 15000
hours can be expected without chain failure either from fatigue or
wear. Where complete reliability and long life are essential, chains
can be selected on their assured performance for applications such
as hoists for control rods in nuclear reactors and control systems for
aircraft.
3
Chain is a highly standardised product available in accordance with
ISO Standards all over the world. It is also totally recyclable and
causes no harmful effects to the environment.
Shown below is a simple table comparing the merits of different
transmission/lifting media.
Summary of Advantages
FEATURE
GEARS
ROPE
BELT
CHAIN
X
X
A
A
C
C
X
B
A
A
B
X
B
B
A
B
B
B
A
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
B
B
C
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
EFFICIENCY
POSITIVE DRIVE
CENTRE DISTANCE
ELASTICITY
WEAR RESISTANCE
NO PRE-LOAD
MULTIPLE DRIVES
HEAT RESISTANT
CHEMICAL RESISTANT
OIL RESISTANT
ADAPTATIONS
POWER RANGE
EASE OF MAINTENANCE
STANDARDISED
ENVIRONMENT
A
A
C
C
A
A
C
B
B
A
C
A
C
C
A
A = EXCELLENT
C = POOR
B = GOOD
X = NOT APPROPRIATE
NOTE : To achieve the above ratings, different types of belt would be
required.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
99
Renold Chain Designer Guide
Chain Selection
The notes given below are general recommendations and should be
followed in the selection and installation of a chain drive, in order that
satisfactory performance and drive life may be ensured.
Chain Pitch
The Rating Charts (pages 107 and 108) give the alternative sizes of
chains that may be used to transmit the load at a given speed. The
smallest pitch of a simplex chain should be used, as this normally
results in the most economical drive. If the simplex chain does not
satisfy the requirements dictated by space limitations, high speed,
quietness, or smoothness of running, then consider a smaller pitch
of duplex or triplex chain.
3
The effect of this cyclic variation can be shown in the extreme case
of a driver sprocket with the absolute minimum number of teeth, i.e.
three. In this instance, for each revolution of the sprocket the chain is
subjected to a three-phase cycle; each phase being associated with
the engagement of a single tooth. As the tooth comes into
engagement, for a sixth of a revolution the effective distance, or
driving radius from the sprocket centre to the chain is gradually
doubled; for the remaining sixth of a revolution, it falls back to its
original position. Thus, as the linear speed of the chain is directly
related to the effective driving radius of the driver sprocket, the chain
speed fluctuates by 50% six times during each revolution of the
driver sprocket.
When the power requirement at a given speed is beyond the
capacity of a single strand of chain, then the use of multistrand
drives permits higher powers to be transmitted.
Radius 1R
These drives can also be made up from multiples of matched
simplex, duplex or triplex ISO chains or in the case of ANSI chain,
multiplex chain up to decuplex (10 strands) are available.
Radius 2R
Please consult our technical staff for further information.
Maximum Operating Speeds
For normal industrial drives, experience has established a maximum
sprocket speed for each pitch of chain. These speeds, which relate
to driver sprockets having 17 to 25 teeth inclusive, are given in the
graph below; they are applicable only if the method of lubrication
provided is in line with recommendations.
As the graph below shows, the percentage of cyclic speed variation
decreases rapidly as more teeth are added. With the driver sprocket
of 19 teeth, therefore, this cyclic speed variation is negligible; hence
we recommend that driver sprockets used in normal application
drives running at medium to maximum speeds, should have not less
than 19 teeth.
Speed (rpm)
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
10
20
30 40 50 60
Chain Pitch (mm)
70
80
Cyclic Speed Variation %
Maximum Operating Speeds
6000
50
40
30
20
10
0
5
10
15
20
25
No. of Teeth
Polygonal Effect
Four important advantages of a chain drive are dependent directly
upon the number of teeth in the driver sprocket (Z1).
The advantages are smooth uniform flow of power, quietness of
operation, high efficiency and long life, the reason for their
dependence being that chain forms a polygon on the sprocket.
Thus, when the sprocket speed is constant, the chain speed (due to
the many sided shape of its path around the teeth) is subject to a
regular cyclic variation. This cyclic variation becomes less marked as
the path of the chain tends towards a true circle and in fact,
becomes insignificant for most applications as the number of teeth in
the driver sprocket exceeds 19.
100
There are, however, applications where space saving is a vital design
requirement and the speed/power conditions are such that the
smaller numbers of teeth (i.e. below 17) give acceptable
performance so that a compact, satisfactory drive is achieved, e.g.
office machinery, hand operated drives, mechanisms, etc.
The limiting conditions with steady loading for using small numbers
of teeth are:
No. of Teeth
Percentage of
Maximum rated
speed
Percentage of
Maximum rated
power
11
13
15
17
20
30
50
80
30
40
60
90
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Renold Chain Designer Guide
Sprocket and Chain Compatibility
Most drives have an even number of pitches in the chain and by
using a driver sprocket with an odd number of teeth, uniform wear
distribution over both chain and sprocket teeth is ensured. Even
numbers of teeth for both the driver and driven sprockets can be
used, but wear distribution on both the sprocket teeth and chain is
poor.
Recommended centre distances for drives are:
Pitch
Inch 3/8
mm 9.525
Centre
Distance mm
450
1/2
12.70
5/8
15.87
3/4
19.05
1
1 1/4
25.40 31.75
600
750
900
1000
1 3/4
44.45
2
50.80
2 1/2
63.50
3
76.20
1500
1700
1800
2000
1200
Number of Teeth
Pitch
The maximum number of teeth in any driven sprocket (Z2) should
not exceed 114. This limitation is due to the fact that for a given
elongation of chain due to wear, the working pitch diameter of the
chain on the sprocket increases in relation to the nominal pitch
diameter, i.e. the chain assumes a higher position on the sprocket
tooth. The allowable safe chain wear is considered to be in the order
of 2% elongation over nominal length.
A simple formula for determining how much chain elongation a
sprocket can accommodate is 200
N
expressed as a percentage where N is the number of teeth on the
largest sprocket in the drive system.
It is good practice to have the sum of teeth not less than 50 where
both the driver and driven sprockets are operated by the same
chain, e.g. on a 1:1 ratio drive, both sprockets should have 25 teeth
each.
Centre Distance
For optimum wear life, centre distance between two sprockets
should normally be within the range 30 to 50 times the chain pitch.
On drive proposals with centre distances below 30 pitches or greater
than 2m, we would recommend that the drive details are discussed
with our technical staff.
The minimum centre distance is sometimes governed by the amount
of chain lap on the driver sprocket, our normal recommendation in
this circumstance being not less than 6 teeth in engagement with the
chain.
Inch 1 1/2
mm 38.1
Centre
Distance mm
1350
3
Lie of Drive
Drives may be arranged to run horizontally, inclined or vertically. In
general, the loaded strand of the chain may be uppermost or
lowermost as desired. Where the lie of the drive is vertical, or nearly
so, it is preferable for the driver sprocket (Z1) to be above the driven
sprocket (Z2); however, even with a drive of vertical lie it is quite
feasible for the driver sprocket to be lowermost, provided care is
taken that correct chain adjustment is maintained at all times.
CENTRES
The centre distance
between the axis of two
shafts or sprockets
C
C
ANGLE
The lie of the drive is given by the angle formed by the line
through the shaft centres and a horizontal line.
J
ROTATION
Minimum 6 teeth
The centre distance is also governed by the desirability of using a
chain with an even number of pitches to avoid the use of a cranked
link, a practice that is not recommended except in special
circumstances.
For a drive in the horizontal plane the shortest centre distance
possible should be used consonant with recommended chain lap on
the driver sprocket.
Viewed along the axis of the driven shaft the rotation can be
clockwise or anti-clockwise
Z2
Z1
Z2
Z1
Formulae for the calculation of chain length and centre distance for
two-point drives are given on page 105.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
101
Renold Chain Designer Guide
Drive Layout
One chain can be used for driving a number of shafts and due to the
ability of roller chains to gear on either face, individual shafts in the
same drive can be made to rotate in the same or opposite directions
by arranging the driven sprockets to gear in different faces of the
chain. The number of driven sprockets permissible in any one drive
depends on the layout.
A selection of possible drive layouts is shown below.
MULTI-SHAFT DRIVES
The permissible number of driven shafts will vary according to
drive characteristics.
Z2
Z2
Z1
Z2
Z2
Five sprockets coupled by four simple drives.
DRIVES WITH VARIABLE SHAFT POSITIONS
Whilst the efficiency of a single stage drive is approximately
98%, where a series of drives are interconnected as in live
roller conveyors, the overall efficiency will vary with the
number of drives involved. It is necessary in applications of
this nature to increase the calculated motor power to allow for
this reduced efficiency.
4 drives overall efficiency = 94%
8 drives overall efficiency = 87%
12 drives overall efficiency = 80%
3
Z2
Z2
Z1
J
Z1
J
Z1
J
Floating countershaft and floating jockey
Eight shafts rotated by a single chain with high efficiency but
reduced tooth contact.
CHAIN LAP - Recommended 120°. Minimum of 90°
permissible for sprockets of 27 teeth or over.
CENTRES - Pitch of chain multiplied by 30 to 50.
The jockey is used to ensure adequate chain lap on the
driven sprockets.
SHEET 6 A/W 1
DRIVES WITH ABNORMALLY LONG CENTRES
HORIZONTAL DRIVES
Could incorporate countershafts
Z2
Z1
Or supporting jockeys
Z2
Z1
J
Plan
Z2
Z1
J
For slow and medium chain speed applications up to 150
metres per minute.
Or supporting guides
Two shafts vertically mounted
When centres are long, use guide strips to support chain
strands with generous ‘lead-in’ to ensure smooth entry and
exit of chain.
Z2
Z1
Z2
Z2
Z1
For applications where countershafts or supporting jockeys
cannot be employed and where the chain speed does not
exceed 60 metres per minute.
102
Three shafts vertically mounted
CHAIN LAP - Recommended 120°. Minimum of 90°
permissable for sprockets of 27 teeth or over.
CENTRES - Shortest possible.
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Plan
Renold Chain Designer Guide
Selection Method
Introduction
1
Chain selected using this method will have a minimum life
expectancy with proper installation and lubrication of 15000 hours.
Warning
The rating charts page 107 and page 108 exceed the minimum
standards and selection of chain using the figures quoted in this
section is only valid for RENOLD CHAIN.
Use our interactive Chain Selector on www.renold.com.
Symbols, Terms and Units
Z1
Z2
C
P
i
L
= Number of teeth on drive sprocket.
= Number of teeth on driven sprocket.
= Centre distance (mm).
= Chain pitch (mm).
= Drive ratio.
= Chain length (pitches).
Select Drive and Ratio
Chart 1 may be used to choose a ratio based on the standard
sprocket sizes available. It is best to use an odd number of teeth
combined with an even number of chain pitches.
Ideally, chain sprockets with a minimum of 19 teeth should be
chosen. If the chain drive operates at high speed or is subjected to
impulsive loads, the smaller sprockets should have at least 25 teeth
and should be hardened.
It is recommended that chain sprockets should have a maximum of
114 teeth.
3
Drive ratio can otherwise be calculated using the formula:
i = Z2
Z1
For large ratio drives, check that the angle of lap on Z1 is not less
than 120 degrees.
In order to select a chain drive the following essential information
must be known:
The power in kilowatts to be transmitted.
120°
Min
The speed of the driving and driven shafts.
The characteristics of the drive.
Centre distance.
Driver Sprocket (Z1)
From this base information the selection power to be applied to the
ratings chart is derived.
Z2
Z1
SELECT DRIVE RATIO AND SPROCKETS -
Chain Reduction Ratios to One Using Preferred Sprockets
Selection Summary
z
1
2
Select drive ratio and sprockets
Z1 = 19 teeth minimum
Chart 1
Page
103
Establish selection application factors 104
f1 takes account of dynamic loads
Tooth factor f2 (19/Z1)
3
Calculate selection power
= power x f1 x f2 (kw)
105
4
Select chain drive
Use rating charts
105
107-108
5
Calculate chain length
using formulae
105
Calculate exact centre distance
105
Choose lubrication method
109
6
FINALLY
No. of Teeth
Driven Sprocket Z2
25
38
57
76
95
114
No. of Teeth
Drive Sprocket Z1
15
2.53
3.80
5.07
6.33
7.60
17
2.23
3.35
4.47
5.59
6.70
19
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
21
1.80
2.71
3.62
4.52
5.43
23
1.65
2.48
3.30
4.13
4.96
25
1.00
1.52
2.28
3.04
3.80
4.56
FOR RECOMMENDED CENTRE DISTANCES SEE PAGE 103
Driven Sprocket
Z2
Driver
Sprocket
Z1
C
Centre Distance
www.renold.com engineering excellence
103
Renold Chain Designer Guide
2
Establish Selection Factors
The following factors will be used later on to determine the selection
power.
Application Factor f1
Factor f1 takes account of any dynamic overloads depending on the
chain operating conditions. The value of factor f1 can be chosen
directly or by analogy using chart 2.
3
Chart 2
CHARACTERISTICS OF DRIVER
SMOOTH RUNNING
Electric Motors, Steam
and Gas Turbines,
Internal Combustion
Engines with Hydraulic
coupling
SLIGHT SHOCKS
Internal Combustion
Engines with 6 cyls or
more with mechanical
Coupling, Electric
Motors with frequent starts
MODERATE SHOCKS
Internal Combustion
Engines with less than 6
cyls, with mechanical
coupling
SMOOTH
RUNNING
Centrifugal Pumps and
Compressors, Printing
Machines, Paper Calanders,
Uniformly Loaded Conveyors,
Escalators, Liquid Agitators
and Mixers, Rotary Driers,
Fans
1
1.1
1.3
MODERATE
SHOCKS
Pumps and Compressors
(3+ cyls), Concrete Mixing
Machines, Non uniformly
Loaded Conveyors, Solid
Agitators and Mixers
1.4
1.5
1.7
HEAVY
SHOCKS
Planers, Excavators, Roll and
Ball Mills, Rubber Processing
Machines, Presses and
Shears 1 & 2 Cyl Pumps
and Compressors,
Oil Drilling Rigs
1.8
1.9
2.1
DRIVEN MACHINE
CHARACTERISTICS
Tooth Factor f2
The use of a tooth factor further modifies the final power selection.
The choice of a smaller diameter sprocket will reduce the maximum
power capable of being transmitted since the load in the chain will
be higher.
Tooth factor f2 is calculated using the formula f2 = 19
Z1
Note that this formula arises due to the fact that selection rating
curves shown in the rating charts (see pages 107 and 108) are those
for a 19 tooth sprocket.
f2 factors for standard sprocket sizes
Z1
15
17
19
21
23
25
104
f2
1.27
1.12
1.00
0.91
0.83
0.76
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Renold Chain Designer Guide
3
Drive with Multiple Sprockets
Calculate The Selection Power
Multiply the power to be transmitted by the factors obtained from
STEP TWO.
Selection POWER = POWER to be transmitted x f1 x f2 (kw).
When designing a drive with multiple sprockets, the chain length
calculation becomes more complicated. Most CAD systems,
however, can be used to calculate chain length by wrapping a
polyline around the PCD’s of each sprocket. A scale manual drawing
could also give a fairly accurate result as follows:
This selection power can now be used with the appropriate rating
chart, see pages 107 and 108.
ß1
LT1
L T4
ß4
ß2
4
From the rating chart, select the smallest pitch of simplex chain to
transmit the SELECTION POWER at the speed of the driving
sprocket Z1.
This normally results in the most economical drive selection. If the
SELECTION POWER is now greater than that shown for the simplex
chain, then consider a multiplex chain of the same pitch size as
detailed in the ratings chart.
5
L
T3
L T2
Measure lengths LTi
Measure angles bi
P = the chain pitch
Zi = the number of teeth
Calculate Chain Length
_
+
Length (L) = Z1 Z2 + 2C +
2
P
( Z22 pZ1 )
2
i=n
C
C is the contemplated centre distance in mm and should generally
be between 30 - 50 pitches.
e.g. for 1 1/2 ” pitch chain C = 1.5 x 25.4 x 40 = 1524mm.
The actual centre distance for the chain length (L) calculated by the
method above, will in general be greater than that originally
contemplated. The revised centre distance can be calculated from
the formula below.
Where
2L Z2 Z1 +
( 2L Z 2 Z1 )
(
π
2
3.88 ( Z 2 Z1 )
i=n
L Ti +
i=1
i=1
i Zi
360°
This calculation method can also be applied on drives where the
chain is driven on guide rails or around jockey sprockets. These
should be considered as ordinary sprockets.
Sprockets for Transmission Chain
Renold manufacture a comprehensive range of stock sprockets for
European standard chains up to 2 inch pitch.
Other sizes of sprocket, including those to American standard
dimensions, are available on request.
Special sprockets are also manufactured on request, in special
materials or formats, normally to suit a specific application in harsh
or difficult drive situations, examples being:
Calculate Exact Centre Distance
2
Number of pitches = 1
P
x P
The calculated number of pitches should be rounded up to a whole
number of even pitches. Odd numbers of pitches should be avoided
because this would involve the use of a cranked link which is not
recommended. If a jockey sprocket is used for adjustment purposes,
two pitches should be added to the chain length (L).
C= P
8
ß3
The theoretical length in pitches can now be calculated by the
addition of all LT and b values using the following formula.
Where:
To find the chain length in pitches (L) for any contemplated centre
distance of a two point drive, use the formula below:
6
3
Select Chain Drive
)
Sprockets incorporating shafts.
Combination sprockets (two or more sprockets
combined having different pitch sizes and numbers of teeth).
Sprockets in two or more sections, ie split sprockets or
segmental sprockets.
Welded or detachable hubs.
Shear pin devices fitted.
Necklace sprockets made up of chain plates and individual tooth
sections for turning large drums or tables.
P = Chain pitch (mm)
L = Chain length (pitches)
Z1 = Number of teeth in driver sprocket
Z2 = Number of teeth in driven sprocket
www.renold.com engineering excellence
105
Renold Chain Designer Guide
Rating Chart Construction
Examples of two typical special sprockets.
The rating charts at first sight look complicated, however, they are
constructed from 3 simple lines. From this it may be seen that at
lower speeds the failure mode is likely to be plate fatigue if the
maximum power recommendation is exceeded. However, pin galling
will occur due to boundary lubrication break down at very high
speeds. At the intersection of these lines the bush and roller fatigue
curve comes into play and accounts for the rounded tops to each of
the selection curves.
SPLIT
SPROCKET
3
RATING CHART CONSTRUCTION
Bush & Roller
fatigue
POWER
NECKLACE
SPROCKET
e
gu
ati
eF
k
Lin
t
Pla
Pin Galling
SPEED
Selection of Sprocket Materials
EN8 or EN9
Hardened and
Tempered or
Case Hardened
Mild Steel
This pressure is known as the bearing pressure and is obtained by
dividing the working load by the bearing area. Bearing areas for
standard chains are quoted in the designer data at the end of this
guide.
The following table gives an indication of the implications of various
bearing pressures but should not be used without reference to the
other chain selection methods given in this guide.
106
BEARING PRESSURE N/mm
Kilowatt ratings, for European and ANSI chains, shown in
the ratings charts on pages 103 and 104 are based on the
following conditions:a. service factor of 1.
b. wheel centre distance of 30 to 50 times the chain pitch.
c. speed of driver sprocket (Z1) whether on the driving or
driven shaft.
d. two sprocket drive arrangement.
e. adjustment by centre distance or jockey on unloaded
strand.
f. riveted endless chain (press fit connector).
g. correct lubrication.
h. accurate shaft/sprocket alignment.
Under these conditions a service life of approximately
15,000 hours can ordinarily be expected when the chain
operates under full rating. The kilowatt ratings for multiple
strand European chains up to triplex are given respectively
in columns 2 and 3, for ANSI chains up to quadruplex in
columns 2, 3 and 4.
2
80
60
Contact Renold
Reduced life
40
Good life
expectancy
MULTIPLEX
Mild Steel or
Meehanite
EN8 or EN9
Hardened and
Tempered or
Case Hardened
Mild Steel
The subject of wear, which depends on many factors, has been
addressed earlier in this guide, however, a very useful indicator of the
likely wear performance is the magnitude of pressure between the
key mating surfaces i.e. pin and bush.
SIMPLE
Cast Iron
EN8 or EN9
Hardened and
Tempered or
Case Hardened
Mild Steel
HEAVY
SHOCKS
MULTIPLEX
30T AND
OVER
EN8
or
EN9
MODERATE
SHOCKS
SIMPLE
UP TO 29T
SMOOTH
RUNNING
When a chain has been correctly selected, the mode of failure over a
very long period of time is most likely to be wear.
MULTIPLEX
SPROCKET
Bearing Pressures
SIMPLEX
Choice of material and heat treatment will depend upon shape,
diameter and mass of the sprocket. The table below
can be used as a simple guide on the correct selection of sprocket
material.
20
SLOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
CHAIN VELOCITY m/s
Slow velocity up to 60% of maximum allowale speed
Medium velocity 60 to 80% of maximum allowable speed
High velocity over 80% of maximum allowable speed
Note: there is some variation between chains, and the above
figures should be used as a guide only.
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Renold Chain Designer Guide
European Chain Rating Chart
SELECTION POWER (KW)
400
510
300
500
340
200
250
225
200
175
150
170
153
136
119
102
100
90
80
70
60
125
85
50
100
68
40
51
IL
TY ST
PE RE
4 AM
2
6,
3
34
h
itc
20
)p
m
O
I
TY LB
PE AT
3 H
m
50
3,
6
"(
2 /2
1
25.0
22.5
20.0
17.5
15.0
17.0
15.3
13.6
11.9
10.2
10.0
9.0
8.0
7.0
6.0
12.5
8.5
5.0
10.0
6.8
4.0
7.5
5.1
3.0
5.0
3.4
2.0
4000
O
m
0
30
7
"(
50
3000
h
itc
)p
m
75
3
For selection of drives to the right
of this line, consult Renold
Engineers to obtain information on
optimum drive performance.
500
750
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
1000
900
800
700
600
2000
600
700
800
900
1000
500
400
300
200
60
70
80
90
100
50
40
1
30
SIMPLEX
2
20
DUPLEX
3
DRIVER SPROCKET SPEEDS - (min -1)
15
TRIPLEX
EUROPEAN STANDARD CHAIN DRIVES
Rating Chart using 19T Driver Sprocket
h
itc
)p
m
m
0
h
itc
,8
)p
0
(5
2"
m
45
m
)p
m
1 /4
3
1 "
1/2
D
R
TY IP
PE FE
E
2 D
h
itc
4,
4
"(
m
0
,1
8
(3
h
itc
)p
m
75
1/4
1
M
TY AN
PE UA
1 L
m
1,
3
"(
ch
it
)p
For driver sprocket speeds less
than 10rpm, multiply transmitted
power by 10 and read from 10rpm
n
column.
Where n = driver sprocket speed.
m
1.70
1.53
1.36
1.19
1.02
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
1.25 0.85
0.5
1.00 0.68
0.4
0.75 0.51
0.3
2.50
2.25
2.00
1.75
1.50
0
m
,4
1"
5
(2
h
itc
)p
m
05
m
9,
1
"(
h
3 /4
itc
)p
m
m
h
h
itc
itc
)p
m
h
tc
m
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
4000
8
pi
m
3000
30
0.1
3 /8"
20
0.250 0.17
15
1 /2"
m
2000
5
52
,
(9
600
700
800
900
m
500
m
0
,7
2
(1
400
)p
300
(
200
5 /8"
60
70
80
90
87
,
15
40
0.2
50
5
0.50 0.34
1 Kilowatt = 1.34 hp.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
107
Renold Chain Designer Guide
ANSI Rating Chart
660
500
340
200
495
375
255
150
330
297
264
231
198
165
250
225
200
175
150
125
170
153
136
119
102
85
100
90
80
70
60
50
132
100
68
40
99
75
51
30
66
50
34
20
50
38
26
15
0.51
0.30
0.66
0.50
0.34
0.20
0.50
0.38
0.26
0.15
0.33
0.25
0.17
0.10
Transmission Equations
The following equations give the relationships between power,
torque and velocity for various drive arrangements.
Where:
Md
Pr
d1
n1
Z1
Z2
v
F1
F1.d1
2000
Power
Pr = Md.n1
9550
Force
F1
or
9550.Pr (Nm)
n1
.v
1000
F1
or
P
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1500
700
800
900
1000
600
7000
8000
9000
10000
7000
8000
9000
10000
0.75
6000
0.99
5000
1.00
0.90
0.80
0.70
0.60
0.50
0.40
4000
1.70
1.53
1.36
1.19
1.02
0.85
0.68
3000
2.50
2.25
2.00
1.75
1.50
1.25
1.00
2000
3.30
2.97
2.64
2.31
1.98
1.61
1.32
For selection of drives to the right
of this line, consult Renold
Engineers to obtain information on
optimum drive performance.
1500
1.5
700
800
900
1000
2.0
2.6
600
3.4
3.8
500
5.0
5.0
400
6.6
4,4
(4 0 m
DR
3 "
1 /4 38,1
h
TYIP F
(
itc
1 /2"
p
PE EE
)
1
m
2 D
m
5
,7
1
h
(3
1 "
itc
1 /4
)p
M
A
m
TY NU
m
PE AL
,40
5
1
2
(
h
1"
c
it
)p
m
m
,05
h
19
itc
(
3 /4"
)p
m
h
h
h
itc
5m
itc
itc
)p
)p
,87
)p
m
5
m
m
1
m
(
m
m
5
5 /8"
0
,35
,52
2,7
(6
(9
(1
3 /8"
1 /4"
1 /2"
300
3.0
200
5.1
150
7.5
80
90
100
9.9
2
70
4.0
h
itc
)p h
tc
i
)p
m
60
6.8
L
TY STR
PE EA
4 M
m
5m
50
10.0
m
0m
0,8
5
"(
OI
OI
TY LBA
PE TH
3
h
tc
i
)p
40
13.2
,5
63
(
1 "
2 /2
30
10.0
9.0
8.0
7.0
6.0
5.0
20
17.0
15.3
13.6
11.9
10.2
8.5
0m
15
25.0
22.5
20.0
17.5
15.0
12.5
Md =
500
h
itc
)p
m
33.0
29.7
26.4
23.1
19.8
16.5
Torque
400
300
200
150
80
90
100
70
60
50
40
30
1
20
SIMPLEX
2
15
DUPLEX
3
10
TRIPLEX
4
DRIVER SPROCKET SPEEDS - (min -1)
10
SELECTION POWER (kw)
3
QUADUPLEX
AMERICAN STANDARD CHAIN DRIVES
Rating Chart using 19T Driver Sprocket
= Torque of the driver sprocket Nm
= Power kW
= Pitch circle diameter of the driver sprocket in mm
= Driver sprocket speed rpm
= Number of teeth in the driver sprocket
= Number of teeth in the driven sprocket
= Linear speed of the chain m/s
= Chain pull N
= Pitch of the chain mm
Centripetal Acceleration
(kw)
Centripetal acceleration affecting parts of the chain engaged on
the sprockets is determined by:
F 2 = q.v 2 (N)
= 1000.Pr
v
or
2000.Md (N)
d1
Where:
F2
Velocity
108
v
=
. . (m/s)
60000
q
= Force in N
= Mass of the chain in kg/m
n1 Z1 P
From this formula we can see that at high speed, this force is not
negligible and is the main reason for speed limitation.
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Renold Chain Designer Guide
Chain Suspension Force
The force acting between one link and the next due to the mass of
the chain is small and is internally balanced within the chain. This will
do no more than cause the chain to adopt a sagging catenery shape
between the sprockets.
Allowance will need to be made in the installation for the slightly
different postures adopted by the chain between zero and maximum
load.
Lubrication
Chain drives should be protected against dirt and moisture and be
lubricated with good quality non-detergent mineral based oil. A
periodic change of oil is desirable. Heavy oils and greases are
generally too stiff to enter the chain working surfaces and should not
be used.
Care must be taken to ensure that the lubricant reaches the bearing
areas of the chain. This can be done by directing the oil into the
clearances between the inner and outer link plates, preferably at the
point where the chain enters the sprocket on the bottom strand.
The table below indicates the correct lubricant viscosity for various
ambient temperatures.
Ambient Temperature
Lubricant Rating
Celsius
SAE
BS4231
-5 to +5
5 to 40
40 to 50
50 to 60
20
30
40
50
46 to 68
100
150 to 220
320
For the majority of applications in the above temperature range, a
multigrade SAE 20/50 oil would be suitable.
Lubricating Methods
There are four basic methods for lubricating chain drives. The
recommended lubrication method is based on the chain speed and
power transmitted and can be found in the rating charts (see pages
107 and 108).
TYPE 1, Manual Operation
Oil is applied periodically with a brush or oil can, preferably once
every 8 hours of operation. Volume and frequency should be
sufficient to just keep the chain wet with oil and allow penetration of
clean lubricant into the chain joints.
3
Health and Safety
Ensure all machinery
is stationary and
isolated, prior to
applying any
lubricant - carefully
following machine
manufacturers
instructions.
RENOLD
Applying lubricant by aerosol is also a satisfactory
method, but it is important that the aerosol lubricant is of an
approved type for the application, such as that supplied by Renold.
This type of lubricant “winds” in to the pin/bush/roller clearances,
resisting both the tendency to drip or drain when the chain is
stationary and centrifugal “flinging” when the chain is moving.
TYPE 2, Drip Lubrication
Oil drips are directed between the link plate edges from a drip
lubricator. Volume and frequency should be sufficient to allow
penetration of lubricant into the chain joints.
Use of Grease
As mentioned above, the use of grease is not recommended.
However, if grease lubrication is essential, the following points should
be noted:
Limit chain speed to 4 m/s.
Applying normal greases to the outside surfaces of a chain only
seals the bearing surfaces and will not work into them. This
causes premature failure. Grease has to be heated until fluid and
the chain is immersed and allowed to soak until all air bubbles
cease to rise. If this system is used, the chains need regular
cleaning and regreasing at intervals depending on the drives’
power and speed. It should also be noted that temperatures
above 80°C will cause damage to many greases and reduce their
effectiveness.
TYPE 3, Bath or Disc Lubrication
With oil bath lubrication the lower strand of chain runs through a
sump of oil in the drive housing. The oil level should cover the chain
at its lowest point whilst operating.
Abnormal Ambient Temperatures
For elevated temperatures up to 250°C, dry lubricants such as
colloidal graphite or MoS2 in white spirit or poly-alkaline glycol
carriers are most suitable.
Single Slinger Disc
Lubrication
Conversely, at low temperatures between -5°C and -40°C, special
low temperature initial greases and subsequent oil lubricants are
necessary. Lubricant suppliers will give recommendations.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
109
Renold Chain Designer Guide
With slinger disc lubrication an oil bath is used, but the chain
operates above the oil level. A disc picks up oil from the sump and
deposits it on the chain by means of deflection plates. When such
discs are employed they should be designed to have peripheral
speeds between 180 to 2440 m/min.
TYPE 4, Stream Lubrication
A continuous supply of oil from a circulating pump or central
lubricating system is directed onto the chain. It is important to ensure
that the spray holes from which the oil emerges are in line with the
chain edges. The spray pipe should be positioned so that the oil is
delivered onto the chain just before it engages with the driver
sprocket.
3
Lifting Applications
This section covers applications such as lifting and moving, where
the loads involved are generally static. Obviously, dynamic loads are
also involved in most applications and the designer needs to take
due consideration of these. The machinery designer should also
refer to DTI Publication INDY J1898 40M which summarises
legislation in place from 1st January 1993 and 1st January 1995
regarding machinery product standards.
Chain for lifting applications falls into 2 main categories:
Leaf Chains.
Bush/Roller Chains.
Leaf Chain
Leaf chain is generally used for load balancing type lifting
applications as illustrated below. They must be anchored at either
end since there is no means of geared engagement in the chain
itself.
Oil feed
to chain
Spray pipe
This ensures that the lubricant is centrifuged through the chain and
assists in cushioning roller impact on the sprocket teeth. Stream
lubrication also provides effective cooling and impact damping at
high speeds.
Effect of Temperature
Safety Factors
A safety factor of 7:1 is normal for steady duty reciprocating motion,
e.g. fork lift trucks. For medium shock loads, 9:1 and for heavy
shock loads, 11:1.
Operating Speed
Applications should not exceed a maximum chain speed of 30
metres/min.
An important factor to control in a drive system is the chain and
chaincase temperatures during operation. Depending on the severity
of the drive service, continuity of use, etc., special attention to the
lubrication method may be required.
Chain temperatures above 100°C should be avoided if possible due
to lubrication limitations, although chain can generally give
acceptable performance up to around 250°C in some
circumstances. A way of improving the effectiveness of the
lubrication and its cooling effect is to increase the oil volume (up to
4.5 litres per minute per chain strand) and incorporate a method of
external cooling for the oil.
Applications
1. Machine Tools - Planers,
Drills, Milling Heads, Machine
Centres.
2. Fork Lift Trucks, Lifts,
Hoists.
3. Counterweight Balances Jacks, Doors, Gates etc.
110
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Renold Chain Designer Guide
Bush & Roller Chains
Bush and roller chains can be used for lifting and moving purposes
and have the advantage over leaf chain in that they may be geared
into a suitable driving sprocket. Roller chain has a better wear
resistance than leaf chain and may be used at higher speeds.
Renold ANSI XTRA chains are available as follows:
XTRA H RANGE
XTRA V RANGE
XTRA HV RANGE
Safety Factors
Applications vary widely in the nature of loads applied and it is
therefore recommended that factors of safety are applied which
allow for some degree of abuse.
- Thicker plates
- Through hardened pins
- Thicker plates and
through hardened pins
The H and HV chains are not suitable or appropriate for high speed
transmission applications.
The following points should also be noted:
A factor of safety of 8:1 in non-passenger applications
A factor of safety of 10:1 in passenger applications
Lower factors of safety than these may be used (except for
passenger applications), where careful consideration of the
maximum loads and health and safety implications have been made.
For comments on this see the section ‘Influences on chain life’.
The V range of chains are totally interchangeable with standard
ANSI chain.
Simple chains of standard, H or HV designs all have
identical gearing dimensions and therefore can operate on the
same sprockets as for standard chains. The thicker plates will
require a larger chain track and it may be desirable to use
sprockets with heat treated teeth. Multiplex chain requires an
increased transverse pitch of the teeth but other gearing
dimensions are the same.
The only reason to use H or HV chains is where fatigue life is a
problem. We do not make any cranked (offset) links or slip-fit
connecting links for this range, since these have a lower fatigue
resistance.
Detachable (cottered) versions can be produced if required as
could triplex or wider chains.
Operating Speeds
Applications should not normally exceed a maximum chain speed of
45 metres/min. For speeds higher than this, consider selection as if
the chain were in a power transmission application converting the
chain load to power using the following formula:
POWER = FV (kw)
Where:
F = Load KN
V = Velocity of chain (m/s)
Then apply selection power factors as shown in step 2 of ‘DRIVE
SELECTION’.
Influences on Chain Life
Calculate equivalent RPM by using the smallest sprocket in the
system where speed =
60000V
PZ
Factors of Safety
Where:
P = Chain Pitch (mm)
Z = No of Teeth in Sprocket
All Renold chain is specified by its minimum tensile strength. To
obtain a design working load it is necessary to apply a ‘FACTOR OF
SAFETY’ to the breaking load. However, before considering this, the
following points should be noted:
Most chain side plates are manufactured from low to medium
carbon steel and are sized to ensure they have adequate
strength and also ductility to resist shock loading.
These chains are suitable where frequent or impulsive load reversals
are involved. Typical applications are in primary industries such as
mining, quarrying, rock drilling, forestry and construction machinery.
These steels have yield strengths around 65% of their ultimate
tensile strength. What this means is that if chains are subjected
to loads of greater than this, depending upon the material used
in the side plates, then permanent pitch extension will occur.
In order to accommodate these higher fatigue inducing loads,
material for inner and outer plates is increased in thickness by
approximately 20%.
Most applications are subjected to transient dynamic loads well
in excess of the maximum static load and usually greater than the
designer’s estimate.
Motors, for example, are capable of up to 200% full load torque
output for a short period.
Select lubrication methods also from the selection chart.
ANSI Xtra Range
Transmission chain is also available in heavy duty versions of the
ANSI standard range of chain.
3
This modification does not improve the tensile strength since the pin
then becomes the weakest component. However, heavy duty chains
with higher tensile strength are available. This is achieved by through
hardening instead of case hardening the pin, but unfortunately this
action reduces wear performance due to the lower pin hardness.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
111
Renold Chain Designer Guide
The consequences of these points are that chain confidently
selected with a factor of safety of 8:1 on breaking load is, in effect,
operating with a factor of safety of around 5:1 on yield and much
less than this when the instantaneous overload on the drive is
considered.
Important Note
For factors of 5:1 the resulting bearing pressure is 50% higher than
recommended and chain working under these conditions will wear
prematurely, whatever type of lubrication regime is used.
Harsh Environments
3
12
11
10
Harsh Environments
Passenger Lifts
9
Transmission
8
7
Safety Critical
Axial breaking force/max working load
Safety Factors
6
Lubrication
Regular
Occasional
None
Low Cycle Lifting
4
3
2
1
Not Normally Used
In applications where low factors of safety are required, the life will
reduce accordingly.
The maximum working load is obtained by dividing the chain
minimum tensile strength by the factor of safety.
The table below gives a rough indication of life for various factors of
safety.
FACTOR
CYCLES
MAXIMUM
TYPE OF
APPLICATION
Dynamic load does not
exceed working load
Dynamic loads can
occasionally exceed
working load by 20%
All Passenger Lifts
SIMPLE
5.0
6.0
8.0
MULTIPLEX
6.0
7.2
8.0
1,000,000
2,000,000
8,000,000
10.0
10.0
8,000,000
It should be noted that at factors below 8:1, bearing pressures
increase above the maximum recommended, with the result that
increased wear will arise unless special attention is taken with
lubrication, e.g.:
Cleanliness
Clean Moderately Clean Dirty/Abrasive
8
10
12
10
12
14
12
12
14
Temperature (Celsius)
Lubrication +10 to 150 150 to 200
Regular
8
10
Occasional
10
12
None
12
12
5
In a properly maintained application a life of 8,000,000 cycles or
15,000 hours, whichever comes first, is normal. Wear will be the
usual mode of failure.
112
The following tables give a general guide to the appropriate safety
factors for different applications for a target life of
8,000,000 cycles.
High Cycle Lifting
A further consideration when applying a factor of safety to a chain
application is the required chain life.
In anything other than a clean and well lubricated environment, the
factor of safety should be adjusted if some detriment to the working
life of the chain is to be avoided. Low temperatures will also
decrease working life, especially if shock loads are involved.
200 to 300
12
14
14
Load Regime
Temperature °C SmoothModerate Shocks Heavy Shocks
+10° to +150
8
11
15
0 to +10
10
15
19
-20 to Zero
12
20
25
-40 to -20
15
25
33
Chain Extension
When designing lifting applications it can be useful to know how
much a chain will extend under a given load.
The approximate elongation of a chain under a given load can be
measured by using the following formulae.
Simplex chain
(14.51) .10-5.L
L=
.F 1
p2
Duplex Chain
-5
L = (9.72) .10 2 .L .F 1
p
Triplex Chain
-5
L = (7.26) .102 .L .F 1
p
Where:
L = Change in chain length mm
L = Original length of the chain mm
P = Pitch of the chain mm
F1 = Average load in the chain
More frequent lubrication.
Higher performance lubricants.
Better methods of applying lubrication.
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Renold Chain Designer Guide
Matching of Chain
Any application in which two or more strands of transmission chain
are required to operate side by side in a common drive, or
conveying arrangement, may involve the need for either pairing or
matching. Such applications generally fall into one of the following
categories :
Length Matching for Conveying and Similar Applications
Wherever length matching of transmission chain is necessary it is
dealt with as follows:
The chains are accurately measured in handling lengths between
3m to 8m as appropriate and then selected to provide a two (or
more) strand drive having overall length uniformity within close
limits. However, such length uniformity will not necessarily apply
to any intermediate sections along the chains, but the actual
length of all intermediate sections, both along and across the
drive, will not vary more than our normal manufacturing limits.
However, adapted transmission chains are usually manufactured
to specific orders which are generally completed in one
production run so that it is reasonable to assume that length
differences of intermediate sections will be small.
Chains are supplied in sets which are uniform in overall length
within reasonably fine limits and will be within our normal
manufacturing limits. It should be noted that chain sets supplied
against different orders at different times may not have exactly the
same lengths to those supplied originally, but will vary by no more
than our normal tolerance of 0.0%, +0.15%.
Pitch Matching Transmission Drive Chains
Pitch matched chains are built up from shorter subsections (usually
300 to 600mm lengths) which are first measured and then graded for
length. All subsections in each grade are of closely similar length
and those forming any one group across the set of chains are
selected from the same length grade.
The requisite number of groups are then connected to form a pitch
matched set of chains, or alternatively, if this is too long for
convenient handling, a set of handling sections for customer to
assemble as a final set of pitch matched chain. Suitable tags are
fixed to the chains to ensure they are connected together in the
correct sequence.
Pitch Matching Adapted Transmission Chains
(when attachments are fitted to chains)
With the sole exception of extended bearing pins, it is not possible to
match the pitch of holes in attachments themselves to within very
fine limits, due to the additional tolerances to be contended with
(bending, holing, etc.).
Colour Coding
For customers who wish to match their chains, perhaps in order to fit
special attachments in situ, Renold colour code short lengths of
chain within specified tolerance bands. These will normally be RED,
YELLOW or GREEN paint marks to indicate lower, mid and upper
thirds of the tolerance band. For even finer tolerance bands
additional colours can be used, but normally a maximum of five
colours will be more than adequate.
COLOUR
RED
YELLOW
GREEN
BLUE
WHITE
3
0.05%
0.10%
0.15%
For Finer
Tolerances
To Measure Chain Wear
A direct measure of chain wear is the extension in excess of the
nominal length of the chain. The chain wear can therefore be
ascertained by length measurement in line with the instructions given
below.
Lay the chain, which should terminate at both ends with an inner
link (part No 4), on a flat surface, and, after anchoring it at one
end, attach to the other end a turnbuckle and a spring balance
suitably anchored.
Apply a tension load by means of the turnbuckle
amounting to:
SIMPLEX CHAIN
DUPLEX CHAIN
TRIPLEX CHAIN
P2 x 0.77 (N)
P2 x 1.56 (N)
P2 x 2.33 (N)
Where P is the pitch in mm.
Identification of Handling Lengths
A Strand
B Strand
C Strand
Handling
Length 1
A-A1
B-B1
C-C1
Handling
Length 2
A1-A2
B1-B2
C1-C2
Handling
Length 3
A2-A3
B2-B3
C2-C3
Long chains are made up in sections, each section being numbered
on end links. Sections should be so joined up that end links with
similar numbers are connected. Where chains are to run in sets of
two or more strands, each strand is stamped on end links of each
section with a letter, in addition to being numbered. Correct
consecutive sections for each strand must be identified from the end
links and joined up as indicated.
By these means, the actual length of any intermediate portion of one
strand (as measured from any one pitch point to any other) will
correspond closely with that of the transversely equivalent portion on
the other strands, generally within 0.05mm, depending on the chain
pitch size.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
113
Renold Chain Designer Guide
In the case of double pitch chains (e.g. chains having the same
breaking load and twice the pitch) apply measuring loads as for the
equivalent short pitch chains.
As an alternative, the chain may be hung vertically and the
equivalent weight attached to the lower end.
M
If a transmission chain sustains damage due to an overload, jam-up,
or by riding over the sprocket teeth, it should be carefully removed
from the drive and given a thorough visual examination. Remove the
lubricating grease and oil to make the job easier.
Depending on the damage, it may be practicable to effect temporary
repairs using replacement links. It is not, however, a guarantee that
the chain has not been over stressed and so made vulnerable to a
future failure. The best policy, therefore, is to remove the source of
trouble and fit a new chain. This should be done for the following
reasons.
1. The cost of down time to the system or machine can
often outweigh the cost of replacing the chain.
3
Measure length ‘M’ (see diagram above) in millimetres from
which the percentage extension can be obtained from the
following formula:
Percentage Extension =
M - (N.P)
N.P
x 100
Where N = number of pitches measured
Where P = pitch
As a general rule, the useful life of the chain is terminated and the
chain should be replaced when extension reaches 2 per cent (1
per cent in the case of double pitch chains). For drives with no
provision for adjustment, the rejection limit is lower, dependent
upon the speed and layout. A usual figure is between 0.7 and 1.0
per cent extension.
Renold Chain Wear Guide
A simple-to-use chain wear guide is available from Renold Chain for
most popular sizes of chain pitch. Please contact your Sales Office
for details.
Repair and Replacement
Sprockets
Examination of both flanks will give an indication of the amount of
wear which has occurred. Under normal circumstances this will be
evident as a polished worn strip about the pitch circle diameter of
the sprocket tooth.
If the depth of this wear ‘X’ has reached an amount equal to 10% of
the ‘Y’ dimension, then steps should be taken to replace the
sprocket. Running new chain on sprockets having this amount of
tooth wear will cause rapid chain wear.
2. A new or even used portion of chain or joints assembled into the
failed chain will cause whipping and load pulsation. This can, and
probably will, produce rapid failure of the chain and will
accelerate wear in both the chain and its sprockets.
If a chain has failed two or more times, it is certain the chain will fail
again in time. If no replacement is immediately available, repair the
chain, but replace it at the earliest opportunity.
Chain Adjustment
To obtain full chain life, some form of chain adjustment must be
provided, preferably by moving one of the shafts. If shaft movement
is not possible, an adjustable jockey sprocket engaging with the
unloaded strand of the chain is recommended. Generally the jockey
should have the same number of teeth as the driver sprocket and
care should be taken to ensure the speed does not exceed the
maximum shown in the rating charts (see pages 107 and 108).
The chain should be adjusted regularly so that, with one strand tight,
the slack strand can be moved a distance ‘A’ at the mid point (see
diagram below). To cater for any eccentricities of mounting, the
adjustment of the chain should be tried through a complete
revolution of the large sprocket.
A = Total movement
C = Horizontal Centre Distance
Total movement ‘A’ (mm) = C (mm)
K
Where K = 25 for smooth drives
50 for shock drives
A
Depth
of wear
Y
X=
10
X
PCD
PCD
C
Y
It should be noted that in normal operating conditions, with correct
lubrication the amount of wear ‘X’ will not occur until several chains
have been used.
For vertical drives please consult the installation and maintenance
section, which gives more details on chain adjustment.
Chain
Chain repair should not as a rule be necessary. A correctly selected
and maintained chain should gradually wear out over a period of
time (approximately 15000 hours), but it should not fail. Please refer
to the Installation and Maintenance section, which gives an
indication of the service life remaining.
114
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Renold Chain Designer Guide
Design Ideas
Table of PCD Factors
A variety of applications
To obtain pitch circle diameter of any sprocket with 9 to 150 teeth,
multiply chain pitch by appropriate factor.
e.g. The PCD of a 38T sprocket of 3/4" (19.05mm) pitch
= 19.05 x 12.110 = 230.70mm
Conveying, Indexing, Lifting and Pulling, Power Transmission,
Timing.
A variety of industries
Aircraft, Automotive, Marine, Mechanical Handling,
Motorcycle, Nuclear, Oilfield.
Number
of
teeth
PCD
Factor
Number
of
teeth
PCD
Factor
Number PCD
of
Factor
teeth
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
2.924
3.236
3.549
3.864
4.179
4.494
4.810
5.126
5.442
5.759
6.076
6.392
6.709
7.027
7.344
7.661
7.979
8.296
8.614
8.931
9.249
9.567
9.885
10.202
10.520
10.838
11.156
11.474
11.792
12.110
12.428
12.746
13.063
13.382
13.700
14.018
14.336
14.654
14.972
15.290
15.608
15.926
16.244
16.562
16.880
17.198
17.517
17.835
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
18.153
18.471
18.789
19.107
19.426
19.744
20.062
20.380
20.698
21.016
21.335
21.653
21.971
22.289
22.607
22.926
23.244
23.562
23.880
24.198
24.517
24.835
25.153
25.471
25.790
26.108
26.426
26.744
27.063
27.381
27.699
28.017
28.335
28.654
28.972
29.290
29.608
29.927
30.245
30.563
30.881
31.200
31.518
31.836
32.154
32.473
32.791
33.109
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
www.renold.com engineering excellence
3
33.428
33.746
34.064
34.382
34.701
35.019
35.337
35.655
35.974
36.292
36.610
36.928
37.247
37.565
37.883
38.202
38.520
38.838
39.156
39.475
39.793
40.111
40.429
40.748
41.066
41.384
41.703
42.021
42.339
42.657
42.976
43.294
43.612
43.931
44.249
44.567
44.885
45.204
45.522
45.840
46.159
46.477
46.795
47.113
47.432
47.750
115
Renold Chain Designer Guide
Simple Point to Point Drives - Example One
The following worked examples give simple step-by-step guidance on selecting various types of chain drive systems.
Renold technical staff are available to advise on any chain selection problems.
For details of transmission equations see page 108.
Example One
Rotary Pump Drive
GIVEN:
Pump speed
Power absorbed
Driver
Constraints
3
1
5
360 rpm
7.5 kw
Electric motor at 1440 rpm
Centre distance approx 458 mm
Adjustment by shaft movement
Selection Parameters
Use Z1 = 19T
No polygonal effect
Satisfactory for smooth drives
Calculate the drive ratio as follows:
= P
8
2L Z 2 Z 1 +
= 12.7
8
(( 2 x 122 )
6
Therefore the driven number of teeth
Z2 Z1 )
2
2
π (
Z2 Z1 )
3.88
(( 2 x 122 )
76 19 ) +
76 19 )
2
π x ( 76 19 )2
3.88
Adjustment
Provide for chain wear of 2% or two pitches, whichever is smaller, in
this case, (122x1.02) - 122 = 2.44 pitches.
L = 124 in the above equation. This gives
C = 471.7mm
i.e. total adjustment of 13.1mm.
Selection Factors
Application Factor f1=1 (driver and driven sprockets smooth
running)
Tooth Factor
( 2L
Therefore use 2 pitches and recalculate using:
Z2 = 4 x Z1 = 4 x 19 = 76T
f2 = 19 = 19 = 1
Z1 19
Note that in practice, some negative adjustment will facilitate
assembly and will be essential if it is intended to assemble chain
which is pre-joined into an endless loop.
7
Selection Power = 7.5x1x1 = 7.5kw
3
The centre distance of the drive can now be calculated using the
formula shown below:
= 458.6mm
Drive Ratio = i = Z 2 = N2 = 1440 = 4
Z1
360
N1
2
Centre Distance Calculation
Other Data
Chain Velocity
Select Chain
The chain can now be selected using charts 3 and 4 and cross
referencing power to speed, giving the following possibilities:
0.5” BS Simplex
0.375” BS Duplex
0.5” ANSI Simplex
0.375” ANSI Duplex
(Approx 81% of rated Capacity)
(Approx 98% of rated Capacity)
(Approx 83% of rated Capacity)
(Approx 84% of rated Capacity)
N.P. Z 1 = 1440 x 12.7 x 19 = 5.79m/s
60000
60000
Q.1000
v
Load in chain due to power transmitted =
(Where Q = Selection power (kw))
=
7.5 x 1000 = 1295N
5.79
Load in chain due to centripetal acceleration
2
0.375” ANSI Duplex chain is unsuitable as it is a bush chain.
= Chain mass/metre x Velocity
2
Note - The approximate percentage of rated capacity is calculated
by dividing the selection power at 1440 rpm by the chains maximum
capacity at 1440 rpm.
For this example we will choose 0.5” European Simplex
4
Installation Parameters
LUBRICATION - European Chain Rating Chart (see page 107) clearly
indicates the chain needs OILBATH lubrication. The chain will need
to be enclosed and run in a sump of oil.
We now calculate the CHAIN LENGTH
(
Z 1 + Z2
L=
+ 2C + P.
2
P
Z 2 Z1
2π
C
)
= 0.68 x 5.79
= 23N
Total chain working load
Note the load in the chain due to centripetal acceleration becomes
much more significant at higher speeds since the square of the
chain velocity is in the equation.
Chain axial breaking force = 19000N
(See pages 10-11)
Chain safety factor =
1900 = 14.4
1318
2
12.7 ( 76 19
2π
19
+
76
2
x
458
=
L
+
+
458
2
12.7
2
Chain bearing area = 50mm (see pages 8-9 and 34-35)
)
2
2
= 121.9
Bearing pressure = WORKING LOAD = 1318 = 26.36 N/mm
BEARING AREA
50
Round up to the nearest number of even pitches i.e. 122.
116
= 1318N
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Renold Chain Designer Guide
Simple Point to Point Drives - Example Two
The following worked examples give simple step-by-step guidance on selecting various types of chain drive systems.
Renold technical staff are available to advise on any chain selection problems.
For details of transmission equations see page 108.
Example Two
4-Cylinder Compressor
GIVEN:
Pump speed
Power absorbed
Driver
Constraints
1
4
250 rpm
250 kw
Electric motor at 960 rpm
Centre distance approx 1500 mm
3
95 25 2
31.75 ( 2π )
25
+
95
2
x
1500
L=
+
+
= 157.12
1500
2
31.75
Round up to the nearest number of even pitches i.e. 158
Centre Distance Calculation
The centre distance of the drive can now be calculated using the
standard formula below:
= 1514.44mm
Number of teeth Z2 = 3.84 x Z1 = 3.84 x 25 = 95T
C= 31.75
8
Selection Factors
Application Factor f1 = 1.5 (driver and driven sprocket medium
impulsive)
Tooth Factor f2 = 19 = 19 = 0.76
Z1
25
6
(( 2 x 158 )
95 25) +
(( 2 x 158 )
95 25)
2
π ( 95 25 ) 2
3.88
Adjustment
960 x 31.75 x 25 = 12.7m/s
60000
285 x 1000 = 22440 N
12.7
Chain Velocity
Load in the Chain
Selection Power = Transmitted power x f1 x f2 (kw)
Selection Power = 250 x 1.5 x 0.76 = 285kw
3
We will now calculate the CHAIN LENGTH
5
Drive Ratio = Z 2 = N2 = 960 = 3.84
Z1
N1
250
2
LUBRICATION - European Chain Rating Chart (see page 107) clearly
shows that an oilstream system is required on this drive. The chain
should run in an enclosure with a pump and sump arrangement.
Selection Parameters
Use a 25T sprocket for an impulsive drive (see page 103 selection of
drive ratio and sprockets.
Installation Parameters
Load in the chain due to centripetal acceleration =
11.65 x 2 x 12.7 x 12.7 = 3758 N
Select Chain
The chain can now be selected using European Chain Rating Chart
(see page 107) by cross referencing the power (285kw on the
vertical axis) and speed (960 rpm on the horizontal axis).
Two matched strands of 1.25” pitch European triplex chains could be
used with a heat treated 25 tooth steel driver and a 95 tooth driven
sprocket to give a drive ratio of 3.8 to 1.
Total chain WORKING LOAD = 26027 N
Bearing =
Pressure
WORKING LOAD = 23272 = 14.7N/mm
BEARING AREA
885 x 2
2
Chain Safety = BREAKING LOAD = 294200 x 2 = 22.6
Factor
WORKING LOAD
26027
Multi-Shaft Drives
SHAFTS IN SERIES
This arrangement shows the driving of live roller conveyors.
Roller conveyors with less than 10 rollers can be driven from one of
the ends of the track. When the number of rollers is higher, it is
recommended that the driving arrangement is in the middle of the
conveyor in order to have a better distribution of the power and the
highest overall efficiency.
If we assume that a drive operating under ideal conditions such as a
clean environment and correct lubrication achieves an efficiency of
R%, then the overall efficiency of a roller conveyor with X rollers will be:
x
Rx
100 ( R ) =
100
100 ( x - 1 )
The choice of the chain is based on the slipping torque between the
rollers and the material to be transported. The safety factor to be
applied for this type of drive is typically:
If the individual drive efficiency R is equal to 98%, then the drive of a
roller conveyor with 30 rollers will therefore only have an overall
efficiency of 55%
Safety factor = 5 for one direction drives
Safety factor = 8 for reversible drives
Consequently, it is recommended that no more than 30 rollers per
drive are used. For roller conveyors with more than 30 rollers, use
multiple drives.
Every roller except the last comprises two simple sprockets, or one
special sprocket to be used with two simple chains. At low speeds or
in reversible drives, sprockets with hardened teeth should be used.
The drive should be able to develop a torque corresponding to the
slipping torque of the loaded rollers.
www.renold.com engineering excellence
117
Renold Chain Designer Guide
Simple Point to Point Drives - Example Three
The following worked examples give simple step-by-step guidance on selecting various types of chain drive systems.
Renold technical staff are available to advise on any chain selection problems.
For details of transmission equations see page 108.
Example Three
GIVEN:
Moving a stack of steel plates.
20 rollers with a diameter of 150mm.
Shafts with a diameter of 60mm on ball bearings.
Weight of one roller 1900N.
There are two stacks on the conveyor at any one time.
One stack weighs 17500N with a length of 1500mm.
Total nett load : 35000N (two stacks).
Centre distance of the rollers : 300mm.
Linear speed : 15 m/min.
PCD of the sprockets : 140mm.
Impulsive load : 30 starts per hour, in one direction.
3
The friction force for a friction coefficient of 0.25 is
35000 x 0.25 = 8750 N
The corresponding torque is equal to:
F x d (force x distance) = 8750 x 0.15 = 656Nm
2
Note: Where d = radius of shaft
The total drive torque is 656 + 81 = 737 Nm
The effective torque is therefore:
737 = 902Nm
0.817
The pull in the chain then becomes:
1
2000 .Md
d1
Assumptions
A drive is placed in the middle with 10 rollers on each side
The rolling resistance of the rollers is 0.05
The friction resistance between the rollers and the load is 0.25
The efficiency per drive is 98%
= 2000 x 902 = 12886 N
140
Per drive we can now evaluate chain ISO 16B-1 or Renold Chain
110088 running with two sprockets with 17 teeth and a pitch circle
diameter of 138mm.
In normal use:
2
Selection Calculations
The safety factor
Every stack of steel is 17500 N and is conveyed by
Axial Breaking force 67000
=
= 47.4
Working load
1414
Working load = 1414 = 6.83 N/mm 2
Bearing area
207
Bearing pressure
Stack length
= 1500 = 5 Rollers
300
Centre distance of rollers
When slipping they are:
or 10 rollers for the total nett load.
If a nett load of 35000 N is added to the total weight of 10 bearing
rollers (19000 N), then this gives a gross load of 54000 N.
The tangential force for 10 rollers is : 54000 x 0.05 = 2700 N and the
corresponding torque is:
F x d (force x distance) = 2700 x 0.06 = 81Nm
2
Note: Where d = shaft diameter
For each group of 10 rollers the efficiency will be:
98 10 = 81.7%
100 9
Axial Breaking Force = 67000 = 5.2
Pull in Chain
12886
Bearing pressure
Chain Pull = 12886 = 62.26 N/mm 2
Bearing Area 207
The linear speed of the chain is:
stack speed x d1 1 = 15 x 0.138 = 0.23 m/sec
( 60 ) 0.15 x 60
roller dia
Note: Where d1 = PCD of sprocket in metres
For each group of 10 rollers the power is:
Working load x linear speed = 1414 x 0.23 = 0.33 kW
1000
1000
81
= 99 Nm
0.817
Chain pull x linear speed = 12886 x 0.23 = 2.96 kW
1000
1000
For sprockets with a pitch circle diameter of 140mm, the pull in the
chain will be:
2000 x Md = 2000 x 99 = 1414 N
d1
140
F 1.V
1000
Under normal working conditions
The effective torque then becomes:
Actual Torque
=
Efficiency
The safety factor
When the rollers are slipping
Taking the efficiency of the gear unit into account and adding a
factor of 25% to this total power, 3.7kW will be necessary.
NOTE - At higher linear speeds, we should also take into account
other additional factors such as the moment of inertia of the rollers
and the power needed to accelerate the various components of the
system.
118
engineering excellence www.renold.com
Renold Chain Designer Guide
Safety Warnings
Shafts in Parallel
Connecting Links
No 11 or No 26 joints (slip fit) should not be used where high speed
or arduous conditions are encountered. In these or equivalent
circumstances where safety is essential, a riveting link No 107
(interference fit) must be used.
Wherever possible, drives should have sufficient overall adjustment
to ensure the use of an even number of pitches throughout the
useful life of the chain. A cranked link joint (No 12 or No 30) should
only be used as a last resource and restricted to light duty, noncritical applications.
Figure 1
3
Chain Maintenance
The following precautions must be taken before disconnecting and
removing a chain from a drive prior to replacement, repair or length
alteration.
Figure 2
1.
Always isolate the power source from the drive or
equipment.
2.
Always wear safety glasses.
3.
Always wear appropriate protective clothing, hats,
gloves and safety shoes, as warranted by the
circumstances.
The efficiency of this driving method is higher than for the series
drive because there is reduced tooth contact.
4.
Always ensure tools are in good working condition and
used in the proper manner.
Every drive needs special attention with regard to the positioning of
the driver sprocket, the jockey and the reversing pinions.
5.
Always loosen tensioning devices.
The layout of the sprockets, the support and the guidance of the
chain determine to a large extent, the service life of the chain.
6.
Always support the chain to avoid sudden unexpected
movement of chain or components.
The chain in most cases is quite long and a good grip on the driver
sprocket is only possible when a degree of pre-tensioning is applied.
This should never exceed half the normal pulling load of the
application.
7.
Never attempt to disconnect or reconnect a chain
unless the method of safe working is fully understood.
8.
Make sure correct replacement parts are available
before disconnecting the chain.
The method of selection is the same as for that detailed under
SHAFTS IN SERIES.
9.
Always ensure that directions for correct use of any
tools is followed.
Drives mounted as in figure 2 have an efficiency under normal
conditions of:
10.
Never re-use individual components.
11.
Never re-use a damaged chain or chain part.
12.
On light duty drives where a spring clip (No 26) is
used, always ensure that the clip is fitted correctly in
relation to direction of travel.
Drives of this type will only be used when:
There is a steady load, preferably divided evenly over the
sprocket system.
At linear speeds not higher than 1.5 m/sec.
It is driven in one direction only.
94% with 5 rollers
89% with 10 rollers
84% with 15 rollers
79% with 20 rollers
75% with 25 rollers
www.renold.com engineering excellence
119